Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 of 1 June 2017 supplementing Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council on type-approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information, amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 and Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 (Text with EEA relevance)

Subject matter

Article 1

This Regulation lays down measures for the implementation of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.

Definitions

Article 2

For the purposes of this Regulation, the following definitions shall apply: (1) ‘vehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance information’ means a group of vehicles which: (a) do not differ with respect to the criteria constituting an "interpolation family" as defined in point 5.6 of Annex XXI; (b) fall in a single "CO 2 interpolation range" as defined in point 1.2.3.2 of sub-Annex 6 to Annex XXI; (c) do not differ with respect to any characteristics that have a non-negligible influence on tailpipe emissions, such as, but not limited to, the following: — types and sequence of pollution control devices (e.g. three-way catalyst, oxidation catalyst, lean NO x trap, SCR, lean NO x catalyst, particulate trap or combinations thereof in a single unit); — exhaust gas recirculation (with or without, internal/external, cooled/non-cooled, low/high pressure). (2) ‘EC type-approval of a vehicle with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance information’ means an EC type-approval of the vehicles contained in a ‘vehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance information’ with regard to their tailpipe emissions, crankcase emissions, evaporative emissions, fuel consumption and access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information; (3) ‘odometer’ means that part of the odometer equipment which indicates to the driver the total distance recorded by the vehicle since its entry into service; (4) ‘starting aid’ means glow plugs, modifications to the injection timing and other devices which assist the engine to start without enrichment of the air/fuel mixture of the engine; (5) ‘engine capacity’ means either of the following: (a) for reciprocating piston engines, the nominal engine swept volume; (b) for rotary piston (Wankel) engines, double the nominal engine swept volume; (6) ‘periodically regenerating system’ means an exhaust emissions control device (e.g. catalytic converter, particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4 000 km of normal vehicle operation; (7) ‘original replacement pollution control device’ means a pollution control device or an assembly of pollution control devices whose types are indicated in Appendix 4 to Annex I to this Regulation but are offered on the market as separate technical units by the holder of the vehicle type-approval; (8) ‘type of pollution control device’ means catalytic converters and particulate filters which do not differ in any of the following essential aspects: (a) number of substrates, structure and material; (b) type of activity of each substrate; (c) volume, ratio of frontal area and substrate length; (d) catalyst material content; (e) catalyst material ratio; (f) cell density; (g) dimensions and shape; (h) thermal protection; (9) ‘mono fuel vehicle’ means a vehicle that is designed to run primarily on one type of fuel; (10) ‘mono fuel gas vehicle’ means a mono fuel vehicle that primarily runs on LPG, NG/biomethane, or hydrogen but may also have a petrol system for emergency purposes or starting only, where the petrol tank does not contain more than 15 litres of petrol; (11) ‘bi fuel vehicle’ means a vehicle with two separate fuel storage systems that can run part-time on two different fuels and is designed to run on only one fuel at a time; (12) ‘bi fuel gas vehicle’ means a bi fuel vehicle that can run on petrol and also on either LPG, NG/biomethane or hydrogen; (13) ‘flex fuel vehicle’ means a vehicle with one fuel storage system that can run on different mixtures of two or more fuels; (14) ‘flex fuel ethanol vehicle’ means a flex fuel vehicle that can run on petrol or a mixture of petrol and ethanol up to an 85 per cent ethanol blend (E85); (15) ‘flex fuel biodiesel vehicle’ means a flex fuel vehicle that can run on mineral diesel or a mixture of mineral diesel and biodiesel; (16) ‘hybrid electric vehicle’ (HEV) means a hybrid vehicle where one of the propulsion energy converters is an electric machine; (17) ‘properly maintained and used’ means, for the purpose of a test vehicle, that such a vehicle satisfies the criteria for acceptance of a selected vehicle laid down in section 2 of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83  ( 6 ) ; (18) ‘emission control system’ means, in the context of the OBD system, the electronic engine management controller and any emission-related component in the exhaust or evaporative system which supplies an input to or receives an output from this controller; (19) ‘malfunction indicator’ (MI) means a visible or audible indicator that clearly informs the driver of the vehicle in the event of a malfunction of any emission-related component connected to the OBD system, or of the OBD system itself; (20) ‘malfunction’ means the failure of an emission-related component or system that would result in emissions exceeding the limits in section 2.3 of Annex XI or if the OBD system is unable to fulfil the basic monitoring requirements set out in Annex XI; (21) ‘secondary air’ means the air introduced into the exhaust system by means of a pump or aspirator valve or other means that is intended to aid in the oxidation of HC and CO contained in the exhaust gas stream; (22) ‘driving cycle’, means, in respect of vehicle OBD systems, the engine start-up, driving mode where a malfunction would be detected if present, and engine shut-off; (23) ‘access to information’ means the availability of all vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information, required for the inspection, diagnosis, servicing or repair of the vehicle. (24) ‘deficiency’ means, in the context of the OBD system, that up to two separate components or systems which are monitored contain temporary or permanent operating characteristics that impair the otherwise efficient OBD monitoring of those components or systems or do not meet all of the other detailed requirements for OBD; (25) ‘deteriorated replacement pollution control device’ means a pollution control device as defined in Article 3(11) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 that has been aged or artificially deteriorated to such an extent that it fulfils the requirements laid out in section 1 to Appendix 1 to Annex XI of UN/ECE Regulation No 83; (26) ‘vehicle OBD information’ means information relating to an on-board diagnostic system for any electronic system on the vehicle (27) ‘reagent’ means any product other than fuel that is stored on-board the vehicle and is provided to the exhaust after-treatment system upon request of the emission control system; (28) ‘mass in running order’ means the mass of the vehicle, with its fuel tank(s) filled to at least 90 per cent of its or their capacity/capacities, including the mass of the driver, fuel and liquids, fitted with the standard equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and, when they are fitted, the mass of the bodywork, the cabin, the coupling and the spare wheel(s) as well as the tools; (29) ‘engine misfire’ means lack of combustion in the cylinder of a positive ignition engine due to absence of spark, poor fuel metering, poor compression or any other cause; (30) ‘cold start system or device’ means a system which temporarily enriches the air/fuel mixture of the engine thus assisting the engine to start; (31) ‘power take-off operation or unit’ means an engine-driven output provision for the purposes of powering auxiliary, vehicle mounted, equipment; (32) ‘small volume manufacturers’ means vehicle manufacturers whose worldwide annual production is less than 10 000 units; (33) ‘Electric power train’ means a system consisting of one or more electric energy storage devices, one or more electric power conditioning devices and one or more electric machines that convert stored electric energy to mechanical energy delivered at the wheels for propulsion of the vehicle; (34) ‘Pure electric vehicle’ (PEV) means a vehicle equipped with a powertrain containing exclusively electric machines as propulsion energy converters and exclusively rechargeable electric energy storage systems as propulsion energy storage systems. (35) ‘Fuel cell’ means an energy converter transforming chemical energy (input) into electrical energy (output) or vice versa. (36) ‘Fuel cell vehicle’ (FCV) means a vehicle equipped with a powertrain containing exclusively fuel cell(s) and electric machine(s) as propulsion energy converter(s). (37) ‘net power’ means the power obtained on a test bench at the end of the crankshaft or its equivalent at the corresponding engine or motor speed with the auxiliaries, tested in accordance with Annex XX (Measurements of net power and the maximum 30 minutes power of electric drive train), and determined under reference atmospheric conditions; (38) ‘rated engine power (P rated )’ means maximum engine power in kW as per the requirements of Annex XX to this Regulation; (39) ‘maximum 30 minutes power’ means the maximum net power of an electric drive train at DC voltage as set out in paragraph 5.3.2. of UN/ECE Regulation No 85  ( 7 ) ; (40) ‘cold start’ means, in the context of the in use performance ratio of OBD monitors, an engine coolant temperature or equivalent temperature at engine start less than or equal to 35 °C and less than or equal to 7 °C higher than ambient temperature, if available; (41) ‘Real driving emissions (RDE)’ means the emissions of a vehicle under its normal conditions of use; (42) ‘Portable emissions measurement system’ (PEMS) means a portable emissions measurement system meeting the requirements specified in Appendix 1 to Annex IIIA; (43) ‘Base Emission Strategy’, (‘BES’) means an emission strategy that is active throughout the speed and load operating range of the vehicle unless an Auxiliary Emission Strategy is activated; (44) ‘Auxiliary Emission Strategy’, (‘AES’) means an emission strategy that becomes active and replaces or modifies a BES for a specific purpose and in response to a specific set of ambient or operating conditions and only remains operational as long as those conditions exist. (45) ‘Fuel Storage System’ means devices which allow storing the fuel, comprising of the fuel tank, the fuel filler, the filler cap and the fuel pump; (46) ‘Permeability Factor (PF)’ means the hydrocarbon emissions as reflected in the permeability of the fuel storage system; (47) ‘Monolayer tank’ means a fuel tank constructed with a single layer of material; (48) ‘Multilayer tank’ means a fuel tank constructed with at least two different layered materials, one of which is impermeable to hydrocarbons, including ethanol;

Requirements for type-approval

Article 3

1.   In order to receive an EC type-approval with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance information, the manufacturer shall demonstrate that the vehicles comply with the requirements of this Regulation when tested in accordance with the test procedures specified in Annexes IIIA to VIII, XI, XIV, XVI, XX and XXI. The manufacturer shall also ensure that the reference fuels comply with the specifications set out in Annex IX. 2.   Vehicles shall be subject to the tests specified in Figure I.2.4 of Annex I. 3.   As an alternative to the requirements contained in Annexes II, V to VIII, XI, XVI and XXI, small volume manufacturers may request the granting of EC type-approval to a vehicle type which was approved by an authority of a third country on the basis of the legislative acts listed in section 2.1 of Annex I. The emissions tests for roadworthiness purposes set out in Annex IV, tests for fuel consumption and CO 2 emissions set out in Annex XXI and the requirements for access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information set out in Annex XIV shall be required to obtain EC type-approval with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance information under this paragraph. The approval authority shall inform the Commission of the circumstances of each type approval granted under this paragraph. 4.   Specific requirements for inlets to fuel tanks and electronic system security are laid down in Section 2.2 and 2.3 of Annex I. 5.   The manufacturer shall take technical measures so as to ensure that the tailpipe and evaporative emissions are effectively limited, in accordance with this Regulation, throughout the normal life of the vehicle and under normal conditions of use. These measures shall include ensuring that the security of hoses, joints and connections, used within the emission control systems, are constructed so as to conform with the original design intent. 6.   The manufacturer shall ensure that the emissions test results comply with the applicable limit value under the specified test conditions of this Regulation. 7.   For the Type 1 test set out in Annex XXI, vehicles that are fuelled with LPG or NG/biomethane shall be tested in the Type 1 test for variation in the composition of LPG or NG/biomethane, as set out in Annex XII. Vehicles that can be fuelled either with petrol or LPG or NG/biomethane shall be tested on both the fuels, tests on LPG or NG/biomethane being performed for variation in the composition of LPG or NG/biomethane, as set out in Annex XII. Notwithstanding the requirement of the previous sub-paragraph, vehicles that can be fuelled with either petrol or a gaseous fuel, but where the petrol system is fitted for emergency purposes or starting only and which the petrol tank cannot contain more than 15 litres of petrol will be regarded for the Type 1 test as vehicles that can only run on a gaseous fuel. 8.   For the Type 2 test set out in Appendix 1 to Annex IV, at normal engine idling speed, the maximum permissible carbon monoxide content in the exhaust gases shall be that stated by the vehicle manufacturer. However, the maximum carbon monoxide content shall not exceed 0,3 % vol. At high engine idling speed, the carbon monoxide content by volume of the exhaust gases shall not exceed 0,2 %, with the engine speed being at least 2 000 min –1 and Lambda being 1 ± 0,03 or in accordance with the specifications of the manufacturer. 9.   The manufacturer shall ensure that for the Type 3 test set out in Annex V, the engine's ventilation system does not permit the emission of any crankcase gases into the atmosphere. 10.   The Type 6 test measuring emissions at low temperatures set out in Annex VIII shall not apply to diesel vehicles. However, when applying for type-approval, manufacturers shall present to the approval authority with information showing that the NO x after-treatment device reaches a sufficiently high temperature for efficient operation within 400 seconds after a cold start at – 7 °C as described in the Type 6 test. In addition, the manufacturer shall provide the approval authority with information on the operating strategy of the exhaust gas recirculation system (EGR), including its functioning at low temperatures. This information shall also include a description of any effects on emissions. The approval authority shall not grant type-approval if the information provided is insufficient to demonstrate that the after-treatment device actually reaches a sufficiently high temperature for efficient operation within the designated period of time. At the request of the Commission, the approval authority shall provide information on the performance of NO x after-treatment devices and EGR system at low temperatures. 11.   The manufacturer shall ensure that, throughout the normal life of a vehicle which is type approved in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 715/2007, its emissions as determined in accordance with the requirements set out in Annex IIIA and emitted at an RDE test performed in accordance with that Annex, shall not exceed the values set out therein. Type approval in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 may only be issued if the vehicle is part of a validated PEMS test family according to Appendix 7 of Annex IIIA.

Requirements for type-approval regarding the OBD system

Article 4

1.   The manufacturer shall ensure that all vehicles are equipped with an OBD system. 2.   The OBD system shall be designed, constructed and installed on a vehicle so as to enable it to identify types of deterioration or malfunction over the entire life of the vehicle. 3.   The OBD system shall comply with the requirements of this Regulation during normal conditions of use. 4.   When tested with a defective component in accordance with Appendix 1 of Annex XI, the OBD system malfunction indicator shall be activated. The OBD system malfunction indicator may also activate during this test at levels of emissions below the OBD thresholds limits specified in section 2.3 of Annex XI. 5.   The manufacturer shall ensure that the OBD system complies with the requirements for in-use performance set out in section 3 of Appendix 1 to Annex XI of this Regulation under all reasonably foreseeable driving conditions. 6.   In-use performance related data to be stored and reported by a vehicle's OBD system according to the provisions of Section 7.6 of Appendix 1 to Annex XI of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be made readily available by the manufacturer to national authorities and independent operators without any encryption.

Application for EC type-approval of a vehicle with regard to emissions and access to vehicle repair and maintenance information

Article 5

1.   The manufacturer shall submit to the approval authority an application for EC type-approval of a vehicle with regard to emissions and access to vehicle repair and maintenance information. 2.   The application referred to in paragraph 1 shall be drawn up in accordance with the model of the information document set out in Appendix 3 to Annex I. 3.   In addition, the manufacturer shall submit the following information: (a) in the case of vehicles equipped with positive-ignition engines, a declaration by the manufacturer of the minimum percentage of misfires out of a total number of firing events that either would result in emissions exceeding the limits given in section 2.3 of Annex XI if that percentage of misfire had been present from the start of a type 1 test as chosen for the demonstration according to Annex XI to this Regulation or could lead to an exhaust catalyst, or catalysts, overheating prior to causing irreversible damage; (b) detailed written information fully describing the functional operation characteristics of the OBD system, including a listing of all relevant parts of the emission control system of the vehicle that are monitored by the OBD system; (c) a description of the malfunction indicator used by the OBD system to signal the presence of a fault to a driver of the vehicle; (d) a declaration by the manufacturer that the OBD system complies with the provisions of section 3 of Appendix 1 to Annex XI relating to in-use performance under all reasonably foreseeable driving conditions; (e) a plan describing the detailed technical criteria and justification for incrementing the numerator and denominator of each monitor that must fulfil the requirements of paragraphs 7.2 and 7.3. of Appendix 1 to Annex XI of UN/ECE Regulation No 83, as well as for disabling numerators, denominators and the general denominator under the conditions outlined in paragraph 7.7 of Appendix 1 to Annex XI of UN/ECE Regulation No 83; (f) a description of the provisions taken to prevent tampering with and modification of the emission control computer, odometer including the recording of mileage values for the purposes of the requirements of Annexes XI and XVI; (g) if applicable, the particulars of the vehicle family as referred to in Appendix 2 to Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83; (h) where appropriate, copies of other type-approvals with the relevant data to enable extension of approvals and establishment of deterioration factors. 4.   For the purposes of point (d) of paragraph 3, the manufacturer shall use the model of manufacturer's certificate of compliance with the OBD in-use performance requirements set out in Appendix 7 of Annex I 5.   For the purposes of point (e) of paragraph 3, the approval authority that grants the approval shall make the information referred to in that point available to the approval authorities or the Commission upon request. 6.   For the purposes of points (d) and (e) of paragraph 3, approval authorities shall not approve a vehicle if the information submitted by the manufacturer is inappropriate for fulfilling the requirements of section 3 of Appendix 1 to Annex XI. Paragraphs 7.2, 7.3 and 7.7 of Appendix 1 to Annex XI of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall apply under all reasonably foreseeable driving conditions. For the assessment of the implementation of the requirements set out in these paragraphs, the approval authorities shall take into account the state of technology. 7.   For the purposes of point (f) of paragraph 3, the provisions taken to prevent tampering with and modification of the emission control computer shall include the facility for updating using a manufacturer-approved programme or calibration. 8.   For the tests specified in Figure I.2.4 of Annex I the manufacturer shall submit to the technical service responsible for the type-approval tests a vehicle representative of the type to be approved. 9.   The application for type-approval of mono fuel, bi-fuel and flex-fuel vehicles shall comply with the additional requirements laid down in Sections 1.1 and 1.2 of Annex I. 10.   Changes to the make of a system, component or separate technical unit that occur after a type-approval shall not automatically invalidate a type approval, unless its original characteristics or technical parameters are changed in such a way that the functionality of the engine or pollution control system is affected. 11.   The manufacturer shall also provide an extended documentation package with the following information: (a) information on the operation of all AES and BES, including a description of the parameters that are modified by any AES and the boundary conditions under which the AES operate, and indication of the AES or BES which are likely to be active under the conditions of the test procedures set out in this Regulation; (b) a description of the fuel system control logic, timing strategies and switch points during all modes of operation. (c) a description of the coastdown mode, if any, as referred to in paragraph 4.2.1.8.5. of Sub-Annex 4 to Annexe XXI, and a description of the vehicle's dynamometer operation mode, if any, as referred to in paragraph 1.2.4. of Sub-Annex 6 to Annex XXI. 12.   The extended documentation package referred to in paragraph 11 (a) and (b) shall remain strictly confidential. It may be kept by the approval authority, or, at the discretion of the approval authority, may be retained by the manufacturer. In the case the manufacturer retains the documentation package, that package shall be identified and dated by the approval authority once reviewed and approved. It shall be made available for inspection by the approval authority at the time of approval or at any time during the validity of the approval.

Administrative provisions for EC type-approval of a vehicle with regard to emissions and access to vehicle repair and maintenance information

Article 6

1.   If all the relevant requirements are met, the approval authority shall grant an EC type-approval and issue a type-approval number in accordance with the numbering system set out in Annex VII to Directive 2007/46/EC. Without prejudice to the provisions of Annex VII to Directive 2007/46/EC, Section 3 of the type-approval number shall be drawn up in accordance with Appendix 6 to Annex I to this Regulation. An approval authority shall not assign the same number to another vehicle type. 2.   By way of derogation from paragraph 1, at the request of the manufacturer, a vehicle with an OBD system may be accepted for type-approval with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance information, even though the system contains one or more deficiencies such that the specific requirements of Annex XI are not fully met, provided that the specific administrative provisions set out in Section 3 of that Annex are complied with. The approval authority shall notify the decision to grant such a type approval to all approval authorities in the other Member States in accordance with the requirements set out in Article 8 of Directive 2007/46/EC. 3.   When granting an EC type approval under paragraph 1, the approval authority shall issue an EC type-approval certificate using the model set out in Appendix 4 to Annex I.

Amendments to type-approvals

Article 7

Articles 13, 14 and 16 of Directive 2007/46/EC shall apply to any amendments to the type-approvals granted in accordance to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. At the manufacturer's request the provisions specified in Section 3 of Annex I shall apply without the need for additional testing only to vehicles of the same type.

Conformity of production

Article 8

1.   Measures to ensure the conformity of production shall be taken in accordance with the provisions of Article 12 of Directive 2007/46/EC. In addition, the provisions laid down in Section 4 of Annex I to this Regulation and the relevant statistical method in Appendices 1 and 2 to that Annex shall apply. 2.   Conformity of production shall be checked on the basis of the description in the type-approval certificate set out in Appendix 4 to Annex I to this Regulation.

In service conformity

Article 9

1.   Measures to ensure in-service conformity of vehicles type-approved under this Regulation shall be taken in accordance with Annex X to Directive 2007/46/EC and Annex II to this Regulation. 2.   The in-service conformity measures shall be appropriate for confirming the functionality of the pollution control devices during the normal life of the vehicles under normal conditions of use as specified in Annex II to this Regulation. 3.   The in-service conformity measures shall be checked for a period of up to 5 years of age or 100 000 km, whichever is the sooner. 4.   The manufacturer shall not be obliged to carry out an audit of in-service conformity if the number of vehicles sold precludes obtaining sufficient samples to test. Therefore, an audit shall not be required if the annual sales of that vehicle type are less than 5 000 across the Union. However, the manufacturer of such small series vehicles shall provide the approval authority with a report of any emissions related warranty and repair claims and OBD faults as set out in paragraph 9.2.3 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83. In addition, the type-approval authority may require such vehicle types to be tested in accordance with Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. 5.   With regard to vehicles type-approved under this Regulation, where the approval authority is not satisfied with the results of the tests in accordance with the criteria defined in Appendix 4 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, the remedial measures referred to in Article 30(1) and in Annex X to Directive 2007/46/EC shall be extended to vehicles in service belonging to the same vehicle type which are likely to be affected with the same defects in accordance with section 6 of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The plan of remedial measures presented by the manufacturer according to section 6.1 of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be approved by the approval authority. The manufacturer shall be responsible for the execution of the approved remedial plan. The approval authority shall notify its decision to all Member States within 30 days. Member States may require that the same plan of remedial measures be applied to all vehicles of the same type registered in their territory. 6.   If an approval authority has established that a vehicle type does not conform to the applicable requirements of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, it shall notify without delay the Member State which granted the original type-approval in accordance with the requirements of Article 30(3) of Directive 2007/46/EC. Following that notification and subject to the provision of Article 30(6) of Directive 2007/46/EC, the approval authority which granted the original type-approval shall inform the manufacturer that a vehicle type fails to satisfy the requirements of these provisions and that certain measures are expected of the manufacturer. The manufacturer shall submit to that authority, within two months after this notification, a plan of measures to overcome the defects, the substance of which should correspond to the requirements of sections 6.1 to 6.8 of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The approval authority which granted the original type-approval shall, within two months, consult the manufacturer in order to secure agreement on a plan of measures and on the carrying out the plan. If the approval authority which granted the original type-approval establishes that no agreement can be reached, the procedure pursuant to Article 30(3) and (4) of Directive 2007/46/EC shall be initiated.

Pollution control devices

Article 10

1.   The manufacturer shall ensure that replacement pollution control devices intended to be fitted to EC type-approved vehicles covered by the scope of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 are EC type-approved, as separate technical units within the meaning of Article 10(2) of Directive 2007/46/EC, in accordance with Article 12, Article 13 and Annex XIII to this Regulation. Catalytic converters and particulate filters shall be considered to be pollution control devices for the purposes of this Regulation. The relevant requirements shall be deemed to be met if all the following conditions are fulfilled: (a) the requirements of Article 13 are met; (b) the replacement pollution control devices have been approved according to UN/ECE Regulation No 103  ( 8 ) . In the case referred to in the third subparagraph Article 14 shall also apply. 2.   Original equipment replacement pollution control devices, which fall within the type covered by point 2.3 of the Addendum to Appendix 4 to Annex I and are intended for fitment to a vehicle to which the relevant type-approval document refers, do not need to comply with Annex XIII provided they fulfil the requirements of points 2.1 and 2.2 of that Annex. 3.   The manufacturer shall ensure that the original pollution control device carries identification markings. 4.   The identification markings referred to in paragraph 3 shall comprise the following: (a) the vehicle or engine manufacturer's name or trade mark; (b) the make and identifying part number of the original pollution control device as recorded in the information referred to in point 3.2.12.2 of Appendix 3 to Annex I.

Application for EC type-approval of a type of replacement pollution control device as a separate technical unit

Article 11

1.   The manufacturer shall submit to the approval authority an application for EC type-approval of a type of replacement pollution control device as a separate technical unit. The application shall be drawn up in accordance with the model of the information document set out in Appendix 1 to Annex XIII. 2.   In addition to the requirements laid down in paragraph 1, the manufacturer shall submit to the technical service responsible for the type-approval test all of the following: (a) a vehicle or vehicles of a type approved in accordance with this Regulation equipped with a new original equipment pollution control device; (b) one sample of the type of the replacement pollution control device; (c) an additional sample of the type of the replacement pollution control device, in the case of a replacement pollution control device intended to be fitted to a vehicle equipped with an OBD system. 3.   For the purposes of point (a) of paragraph 2, the test vehicles shall be selected by the applicant with the agreement of the technical service. The test vehicles shall comply with the requirements set out in Section 3.2 of Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The test vehicles shall respect all of the following requirements: (a) they shall have no emission control system defects; (b) any excessively worn out or malfunctioning emission-related original part shall be repaired or replaced; (c) they shall be tuned properly and set to manufacturer's specification prior to emission testing. 4.   For the purposes of points (b) and (c) of paragraph 2, the sample shall be clearly and indelibly marked with the applicant's trade name or mark and its commercial designation. 5.   For the purposes of point (c) of paragraph 2, the sample shall have been deteriorated as defined under point (25) of Article 2.

Administrative provisions for EC type-approval of replacement pollution control device as separate technical unit

Article 12

1.   If all the relevant requirements are met, the type approval authority shall grant an EC type-approval for replacement pollution control devices as separate technical unit and issue a type-approval number in accordance with the numbering system set out in Annex VII to Directive 2007/46/EC. The approval authority shall not assign the same number to another replacement pollution control device type. The same type-approval number may cover the use of that replacement pollution control device type on a number of different vehicle types. 2.   For the purposes of paragraph 1, the approval authority shall issue an EC type-approval certificate established in accordance with the model set out in Appendix 2 to Annex XIII. 3.   If the applicant for type-approval is able to demonstrate to the approval authority or technical service that the replacement pollution control device is of a type indicated in section 2.3 of the Addendum to Appendix 4 to Annex I, the granting of a type-approval shall not be dependent on verification of compliance with the requirements specified in section 4 of Annex XIII.

Access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information

Article 13

1.   Manufacturers shall put in place the necessary arrangements and procedures, in accordance with Articles 6 and 7 of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 and Annex XIV of this regulation, to ensure that vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information is readily accessible. 2.   Approval authorities shall only grant type-approval after receiving from the manufacturer a Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehicle Repair and Maintenance Information. 3.   The Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehicle Repair and Maintenance Information shall serve as the proof of compliance with Article 6(7) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. 4.   The Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehicle Repair and Maintenance Information shall be drawn up in accordance with the model set out in Appendix 1 of Annex XIV. 5.   If the vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information is not available, or does not conform to Article 6 and 7 of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 and Annex XIV of this Regulation, when the application for type-approval is made, the manufacturer shall provide that information within six months of the date of type approval. 6.   The obligations to provide information within the period specified in paragraph 5 shall apply only if, following type-approval, the vehicle is placed on the market. When the vehicle is placed on the market more than six months after type-approval, the information shall be provided on the date on which the vehicle is placed on the market. 7.   The approval authority may presume that the manufacturer has put in place satisfactory arrangements and procedures with regard to access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information, on the basis of a completed Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehicle Repair and Maintenance Information, providing that no complaint was made, and that the manufacturer provides this information within the period set out in paragraph 5. 8.   In addition to the requirements for the access to OBD information that are specified in Section 4 of Annex XI, the manufacturer shall make available to interested parties the following information: (a) relevant information to enable the development of replacement components which are critical to the correct functioning of the OBD system; (b) information to enable the development of generic diagnostic tools. For the purposes of point (a), the development of replacement components shall not be restricted by: the unavailability of pertinent information, the technical requirements relating to malfunction indication strategies if the OBD thresholds are exceeded or if the OBD system is unable to fulfil the basic OBD monitoring requirements of this Regulation; specific modifications to the handling of OBD information to deal independently with vehicle operation on petrol or on gas; and the type-approval of gas-fuelled vehicles that contain a limited number of minor deficiencies. For the purposes of point (b), where manufacturers use diagnostic and test tools in accordance with ISO 22900 Modular Vehicle Communication Interface (MVCI) and ISO 22901 Open Diagnostic Data Exchange (ODX) in their franchised networks, the ODX files shall be accessible to independent operators via the web site of the manufacturer. 9.   The Forum on Access to Vehicle Information (the Forum). The Forum shall consider whether access to information affects the advances made in reducing vehicle theft and shall make recommendations for improving the requirements relating to access to information. In particular, the Forum shall advise the Commission on the introduction of a process for approving and authorising independent operators by accredited organisations to access information on vehicle security. The Commission may decide to keep the discussions and findings of the Forum confidential.

Compliance with the obligations regarding access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information

Article 14

1.   An approval authority may, at any time, whether on its own initiative, on the basis of a complaint, or on the basis of an assessment by a technical service, check the compliance of a manufacturer with the provisions of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007, this Regulation, and the terms of the Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehicle Repair and Maintenance Information. 2.   Where an approval authority finds that the manufacturer has failed to comply with its obligations regarding access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information, the approval authority which granted the relevant type approval shall take appropriate steps to remedy the situation. 3.   The steps referred to in paragraph 2 may include withdrawal or suspension of type-approval, fines, or other measures adopted in accordance with Article 13 of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. 4.   The approval authority shall proceed to an audit in order to verify compliance by the manufacturer with the obligations concerning access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information, if an independent operator or a trade association representing independent operators files a complaint to the approval authority. 5.   When carrying out the audit, the approval authority may ask a technical service or any other independent expert to carry out an assessment to verify whether these obligations are met.

Transitional provisions

Article 15

1.   Until 31 August 2017 in the case of categories M1, M2 and category N1 class I vehicles, and until 31 August 2018 in the case of N1 vehicles of class II and III and category N2 vehicles manufacturers may request type-approval to be granted in accordance with this Regulation. Where such request is not made, Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 shall apply. 2.   With effect from 1 September 2017 in the case of categories M1, M2 and category N1 class I vehicles, and from 1 September 2018 in the case of N1 vehicles of class II and III and category N2 vehicles, national authorities shall refuse, on grounds relating to emissions or fuel consumption, to grant EC type approval or national type approval, in respect to new vehicle types which do not comply with this Regulation. 3.   With effect from 1 September 2018 in the case of categories M1, M2 and category N1 class I vehicles, and from 1 September 2019 in the case of N1 vehicles of class II and III and category N2 vehicles, national authorities shall, on grounds relating to emissions or fuel consumption, in the case of new vehicles which do not comply with this Regulation, consider certificates of conformity to be no longer valid for the purposes of Article 26 of Directive 2007/46/EC and shall prohibit the registration, sale or entry into service of such vehicles. 4.   Until three years after the dates specified in Article 10(4) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 in the case of new vehicle types and four years after the dates specified in Article 10(5) of that Regulation in the case of new vehicles, the following provisions shall apply: (a) the requirements of point 2.1 of Annex IIIA shall not apply; (b) the requirements of Annex IIIA other than that in point 2.1, including the requirements with regard to RDE tests to be performed and data to be recorded and made available, shall apply only to new type approvals granted in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 from 27 July 2017; (c) the requirements of Annex IIIA shall not apply to type approvals granted to small volume manufacturers; (d) where the requirements set out in Appendices 5 and 6 of Annex IIIA are satisfied for only one of the two data evaluation methods described in those Appendices, one additional RDE test shall be performed; where those requirements are again satisfied for only one method, the analysis of the completeness and normality shall be recorded for both methods and the calculation required by point 9.3 of Annex IIIA may be limited to the method for which the completeness and normality requirements are satisfied; the data of both RDE tests and of the analysis of the completeness and normality shall be recorded and made available for examining the difference in the results of the two data evaluation methods; (e) the power at the wheels of the test vehicle shall be determined either by wheel hub torque measurement or from the CO 2 mass flow using ‘Velines’ in accordance with point 4 of Appendix 6 to Annex IIIA. 5.   Until 8 years after the dates given in Article 10(4) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007: (a) type 1/I tests performed and completed in accordance to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 until 3 years after the dates given in Article 10(4) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 shall be valid for the purposes of fulfilling the requirements of Annex VII and/or Appendix 1 to Annex XI to this Regulation; (b) procedures performed in accordance with section 3.13. of Annex III to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 until 3 years after the dates given in Article 10(4) of Regulation (EC) 715/2007 shall be accepted by the approval authority for the purposes of fulfilling the requirements of the second paragraph of point 1.1 of Appendix 1 to Sub-Annex 6 to Annex XXI of this Regulation. 6.   In order to ensure a fair treatment of previously existing type-approvals, the Commission shall examine the consequences of Chapter V of Directive 2007/46/EC for the purposes of this Regulation.

Amendments to Directive 2007/46/EC

Article 16

Directive 2007/46/EC is amended in accordance with Annex XVIII to this Regulation.

Amendments to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008

Article 17

Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 is amended as follows: (1) In Article 6, paragraph 1, shall be replaced by the following text: ‘1.   If all the relevant requirements are met, the approval authority shall grant an EC type-approval and issue a type-approval number in accordance with the numbering system set out in Annex VII to Directive 2007/46/EC. Without prejudice to the provisions of Annex VII to Directive 2007/46/EC, Section 3 of the type-approval number shall be drawn up in accordance with Appendix 6 to Annex I to this Regulation. An approval authority shall not assign the same number to another vehicle type. The requirements of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 shall be deemed to be met if all the following conditions are fulfilled: (a) the requirements of Article 3(10) of this Regulation are met; (b) the requirements of Article 13 of this Regulation are met; (c) the vehicle has been approved according to UN/ECE Regulations No 83, series of amendments 07; No 85 and its supplements, No 101, Revision 3 (comprising series of amendments 01 and their supplements) and in the case of compression ignition vehicles No 24 Part III, series of amendments 03. (d) the requirements of Article 5(11) and (12) are met.’ (2) the following Article 16a is added: ‘Article 16a Transitional provisions With effect from 1 September 2017 in the case of categories M1, M2 and category N1 class I vehicles, and from 1 September 2018 in the case of N1 vehicles of class II and III and category N2 vehicles, this Regulation shall only apply for the purposes of assessing the following requirements of vehicles type-approved in accordance with this Regulation before those dates: (a) conformity of production in accordance with Article 8; (b) in-service conformity in accordance with Article 9; (c) access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information in accordance with Article 13; This Regulation shall also apply for the purposes of the correlation procedure set out in Commission Implementing Regulations (EU) 2017/1152  ( *1 ) and (EU) 2017/1153  ( *2 ) . ( *1 )   Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1152 of 2 June 2017 setting out a methodology for determining the correlation parameters necessary for reflecting the change in the regulatory test procedure with regard to light commercial vehicles and amending Implementing Regulation (EU) No 293/2012 (See page 644 of this Official Journal)." ( *2 )   Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1153 of 2 June 2017 setting out a methodology for determining the correlation parameters necessary for reflecting the change in the regulatory test procedure and amending Regulation (EU) No 1014/2010 (See page 679 of this Official Journal).’ " (3) Annex I is amended in accordance with Annex XVII to this Regulation.

Amendments to Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012  ( 9 )

Article 18

In Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012, Article 2(5) is replaced by the following: ‘(5) “Mass of the optional equipment” means the maximum mass of the combinations of optional equipment which may be fitted to the vehicle in addition to the standard equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications;’

Repeal

Article 19

Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 is repealed as from 1 January 2022.

Entry into force and application

Article 20

This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union .

ANNEX ISupplementary provisions

ANNEX I ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS FOR EC TYPE-APPROVAL 1.   ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR GRANTING OF EC TYPE-APPROVAL 1.1.    Additional requirements for mono fuel gas vehicles, and bi-fuel gas vehicles. 1.1.1. The additional requirements for granting of type-approval for mono fuel gas vehicles, and bi-fuel gas vehicles shall be those set out in sections 1, 2 and 3 and Appendices 1 and 2 to Annex 12 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, with the exceptions set out below. 1.1.2. The reference in paragraphs 3.1.2. and 3.1.4. of Annex 12 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 to reference fuels of Annex 10a shall be understood as being reference to the appropriate reference fuel specifications in Section A of Annex IX to this Regulation. 1.2.    Additional requirements for flex fuel vehicles The additional requirements for granting of type-approval for flex fuel vehicles shall be those set out in paragraph 4.9. of UN/ECE Regulation No 83. 2.   ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS AND TESTS 2.1.    Small volume manufacturers 2.1.1. List of legislative acts referred to in Article 3(3): Legislative Act Requirements The California Code of Regulations, Title 13, Sections 1961(a) and 1961(b)(1)(C)(1) applicable to 2001 and later model year vehicles, 1968.1, 1968.2, 1968.5, 1976 and 1975, published by Barclay’s Publishing Type-approval must be granted under the California Code of Regulations applicable to the most recent model year of light-duty vehicle. 2.2.    Inlets to fuel tanks 2.2.1. The requirements for inlets to fuel tanks shall be those specified in paragraphs 5.4.1. and 5.4.2. of Annex XXI and point 2.2.2 below. 2.2.2. Provision shall be made to prevent excess evaporative emissions and fuel spillage caused by a missing fuel filler cap. This may be achieved by using one of the following: (a) an automatically opening and closing, non-removable fuel filler cap, (b) design features which avoid excess evaporative emissions in the case of a missing fuel filler cap, (c) any other provision which has the same effect. Examples may include, but are not limited to, a tethered filler cap, a chained filler cap or one utilizing the same locking key for the filler cap as for the vehicle’s ignition. In this case the key shall be removable from the filler cap only in the locked condition. 2.3.    Provisions for electronic system security 2.3.1. The provisions for electronic system security shall be those specified in paragraph 5.5 of Annex XXI and points 2.3.2 and 2.3.3 below. 2.3.2 In the case of mechanical fuel-injection pumps fitted to compression-ignition engines, manufacturers shall take adequate steps to protect the maximum fuel delivery setting from tampering while a vehicle is in service. 2.3.3. Manufacturers shall effectively deter reprogramming of the odometer readings, in the board network, in any powertrain controller as well as in the transmitting unit for remote data exchange if applicable. Manufacturers shall include systematic tamper-protection strategies and write-protect features to protect the integrity of the odometer reading. Methods giving an adequate level of tamper protection shall be approved by the approval authority. 2.4.    Application of tests 2.4.1. Figure I.2.4 illustrates the application of the tests for type-approval of a vehicle. The specific test procedures are described in Annexes II, 111A, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, XI, XVI, XX and XXI. Figure I.2.4 Application of test requirements for type-approval and extensions Vehicle category Vehicles with positive ignition engines including hybrids 1 Vehicles with compression ignition engines including hybrids Pure electric vehicles Hydrogen fuel cell vehicles   Mono fuel Bi-fuel 3 Flex-fuel 3       Reference fuel Petrol (E10) LPG NG/Biomethane Hydrogen (ICE) Petrol (E10) Petrol (E10) Petrol (E10) Petrol (E10) Diesel (B7) 5 — Hydrogen (Fuel Cell) LPG NG/Biomethane Hydrogen (ICE) 4 Ethanol (E85) Gaseous pollutants (Type 1 test) Yes Yes Yes Yes 4 Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes — — PM (Type 1 test) Yes 2 — — — Yes 2 (petrol only) Yes 2 (petrol only) Yes 2 (petrol only) Yes 2 (both fuels) Yes — — PN Yes 2 — — — Yes 2 (petrol only) Yes 2 (petrol only) Yes 2 (petrol only) Yes 2 (both fuels) Yes — — Gaseous pollutants, RDE (Type 1A test) Yes Yes Yes Yes ( 4 ) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes — — PN, RDE (Type 1A test) Yes — — — Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels Yes (both fuels Yes (both fuels) Yes — — Idle emissions (Type 2 test) Yes Yes Yes — Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (petrol only) Yes (both fuels) — — — Crankcase emissions (Type 3 test) Yes Yes Yes — Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) — — — Evaporative emissions (Type 4 test) Yes — — — Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) — — — Durability (Type 5 test) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes — — Low temperature emissions (Type 6 test) Yes — — — Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes (both fuels) — — — In-service conformity Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes — — On-board diagnostics Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes — — CO 2 emissions, fuel consumption, electric energy consumption and electric range Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes Yes Yes Smoke opacity — — — — — — — — Yes — — Engine power Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 3.   EXTENSIONS TO TYPE-APPROVALS 3.1.    Extensions for tailpipe emissions (type 1 and type 2 tests) 3.1.1.   The type-approval shall be extended to vehicles if they conform to the criteria of Article 2 (1). 3.1.2.   Vehicles with periodically regenerating systems For Ki tests undertaken under Appendix 1 to Sub-Annex VI to Annex XXI (WLTP), the type-approval shall be extended to vehicles if they conform to the criteria of paragraph 5.9. of Annex XXI. For Ki tests undertaken under Annex 13 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 (NEDC) the type-approval shall be extended to vehicles according to the requirements of Section 3.1.4. of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008. 3.2.    Extensions for evaporative emissions (type 4 test) 3.2.1. The type-approval shall be extended to vehicles equipped with a control system for evaporative emissions which meet the following conditions: 3.2.1.1. The basic principle of fuel/air metering (e.g. single point injection) is the same. 3.2.1.2. The shape of the fuel tank and the material of the fuel tank and liquid fuel hoses are identical. 3.2.1.3. The worst-case vehicle with regard to the cross-section and approximate hose length shall be tested. Whether non-identical vapour/liquid separators are acceptable is decided by the technical service responsible for the type-approval tests. 3.2.1.4. The fuel tank volume is within a range of ± 10 %. 3.2.1.5. The setting of the fuel tank relief valve is identical. 3.2.1.6. The method of storage of the fuel vapour is identical, i.e. trap form and volume, storage medium, air cleaner (if used for evaporative emission control), etc. 3.2.1.7. The method of purging of the stored vapour is identical (e.g. air flow, start point or purge volume over the preconditioning cycle). 3.2.1.8. The method of sealing and venting of the fuel metering system is identical. 3.2.2. The type-approval shall be extended to vehicles with: 3.2.2.1. different engine sizes; 3.2.2.2. different engine powers; 3.2.2.3. automatic and manual gearboxes; 3.2.2.4. two and four wheel transmissions; 3.2.2.5. different body styles; and 3.2.2.6. different wheel and tyre sizes. 3.3.    Extensions for durability of pollution control devices (type 5 test) 3.3.1.   The type-approval shall be extended to different vehicle types, provided that the vehicle, engine or pollution control system parameters specified below are identical or remain within the prescribed tolerances: 3.3.1.1.   Vehicle:   Inertia category: the two inertia categories immediately above and any inertia category below.   Total road load at 80 km/h: + 5 % above and any value below. 3.3.1.2.   Engine (a) engine cylinder capacity (± 15 %), (b) number and control of valves, (c) fuel system, (d) type of cooling system, (e) combustion process. 3.3.1.3.   Pollution control system parameters: (a) Catalytic converters and particulate filters:   number of catalytic converters, filters and elements,   size of catalytic converters and filters (volume of monolith ± 10 %),   type of catalytic activity (oxidizing, three-way, lean NO x trap, SCR, lean NO x catalyst or other),   precious metal load (identical or higher),   precious metal type and ratio (± 15 %),   substrate (structure and material),   cell density,   temperature variation of no more than 50 K at the inlet of the catalytic converter or filter. This temperature variation shall be checked under stabilized conditions at a vehicle speed of 120 km/h and the load setting of the type 1 test. (b) Air injection:   with or without   type (pulsair, air pumps, other(s)) (c) EGR:   with or without   type (cooled or non-cooled, active or passive control, high pressure or low pressure). 3.3.1.4.   The durability test may be carried out using a vehicle, which has a different body style, gear box (automatic or manual) and size of the wheels or tyres, from those of the vehicle type for which the type-approval is sought. 3.4.    Extensions for on-board diagnostics 3.4.1. The type-approval shall be extended to different vehicles with identical engine and emission control systems as defined in Annex XI, Appendix 2. The type-approval shall be extended regardless of the following vehicle characteristics: (a) engine accessories; (b) tyres; (c) equivalent inertia; (d) cooling system; (e) overall gear ratio; (f) transmission type; and (g) type of bodywork. 3.5    Extensions for low temperature test (type 6 test) 3.5.1.   Vehicles with different reference masses 3.5.1.1. The type-approval shall be extended only to vehicles with a reference mass requiring the use of the next two higher equivalent inertia or any lower equivalent inertia. 3.5.1.2. For category N vehicles, the approval shall be extended only to vehicles with a lower reference mass, if the emissions of the vehicle already approved are within the limits prescribed for the vehicle for which extension of the approval is requested. 3.5.2.   Vehicles with different overall transmission ratios 3.5.2.1. The type-approval shall be extended to vehicles with different transmission ratios only under certain conditions. 3.5.2.2. To determine whether type-approval can be extended, for each of the transmission ratios used in the type 6 test, the proportion, shall be determined where, at an engine speed of 1 000 min –1 , V 1 is the speed of the vehicle-type approved and V 2 is the speed of the vehicle type for which extension of the approval is requested. 3.5.2.3. If, for each transmission ratio, E ≤ 8 %, the extension shall be granted without repeating the type 6 test. 3.5.2.4. If, for at least one transmission ratio, E > 8 %, and if, for each gear ratio, E ≤ 13 %, the type 6 test shall be repeated. The tests may be performed in a laboratory chosen by the manufacturer subject to the approval of the technical service. The report of the tests shall be sent to the technical service responsible for the type-approval tests. 3.5.3.   Vehicles with different reference masses and transmission ratios The type-approval shall be extended to vehicles with different reference masses and transmission ratios, provided that all the conditions prescribed in paragraphs 3.5.1 and 3.5.2 are fulfilled. 4.   CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION 4.1.    Introduction 4.1.1. Every vehicle produced under a Type Approval according to this Regulation shall be so manufactured as to conform to the type approval requirements of this Regulation. The Manufacturer shall implement adequate arrangements and documented control plans and carry-out at specified intervals as given in this regulation the necessary emission and OBD tests to verify continued conformity with the approved type. The approval authority shall verify and agree with these arrangements and control plans of the manufacturer and perform audits and conduct emission and OBD tests at specific intervals, as given in this regulation, at the premises of the manufacturer, including production and test facilities as part of the product conformity and continued verification arrangements as described in Annex X of Directive 2007/46/EC. 4.1.2. The manufacturer shall check the conformity of production by testing the emissions of pollutants (given in Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007), the emission of CO 2 (along with the measurement of electric energy consumption, EC), the crankcase emissions, evaporative emissions and the OBD. The verification shall therefore include the tests of types 1, 3, 4 and the test for OBD, as described in section 2.4 of this Annex and the relevant annexes quoted therein. The specific procedures for conformity of production are set out in Sections 4.2 to 4.7 and Appendixes 1 and 2. 4.1.3. For the purposes of the manufactures conformity of production check, the family means the CO 2 interpolation family for tests of Type 1 and 3, includes for the Type 4 test the extensions described in paragraph 3.2 of this Annex and the OBD family with the extensions described in paragraph 3.3 of this Annex for the OBD tests. 4.1.4. The frequency for product verification performed by the manufacturer shall be based on a risk assessment methodology consistent with the international standard ISO 31000:2009 — Risk Management — Principles and guidelines and at least for Type 1 with a minimum frequency of one verification per 5 000 vehicles produced per family or once per year, whichever comes first. 4.1.5. The Approval Authority which has granted type-approval may at any time verify the conformity control methods applied in each production facility. For the purpose of this regulation the Approval Authority shall perform audits for verifying the manufacturers arrangements and documented control plans at the premises of the manufacturer on a risk assessment methodology consistent with the international standard ISO 31000:2009 — Risk Management — Principles and guidelines and, in all cases, with a minimum frequency of one audit per year. If the Approval Authority is not satisfied with the auditing procedure of the manufacturer, physical test shall directly be carried out on production vehicles as described in Sections 4.2 to 4.9. 4.1.6. The normal frequency of physical test verifications by the Approval Authority shall be based on the results of the auditing procedure of the manufacturer on a risk assessment methodology and in all cases with a minimum frequency of one verification test per three years. The Approval Authority shall conduct these physical emission tests and OBD tests on production vehicles as described in Sections 4.2 to 4.9. In the case of the manufacturer running the physical tests, the Approval Authority shall witness the tests at the manufacturer's facility. 4.1.7. The Approval Authority shall report the results of all audit checks and physical tests performed on verifying conformity of the manufacturers and file it for a period of minimum 10 years. These reports should be available for other type approval authorities and the European Commission on request. 4.1.8. In case of non-conformity Article 30 of Directive 2007/46/EC shall apply. 4.2.    Checking the conformity of the vehicle for a type 1 test 4.2.1.   The Type 1 test shall be carried out on production vehicles of a valid member of the CO 2 interpolation family as described in the TA certificate. The limit values against which to check conformity for pollutants are set out in Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. As regards CO 2 emissions, the limit value shall be the value determined by the manufacturer for the selected vehicle in accordance with the interpolation methodology set out in Sub-Annex 7 of Annex XXI. The interpolation calculation shall be verified by the approval authority. 4.2.2.   A sample of three vehicles shall be selected at random in the family. After selection by the approval authority, the manufacturer shall not undertake any adjustment to the vehicles selected. 4.2.2.1.   The selection shall only include finalised production vehicles which have completed a maximum of 80 km and those vehicles will be referred to as zero km vehicles for the purposes of checking conformity against Type 1 test. The vehicle shall be tested on the appropriate WLTP cycle as described in Annex XXI to this Regulation notwithstanding the requirements for test repetitions, or km of vehicles. The test results shall be the values after all corrections according to this regulation are applied. 4.2.3.   The statistical method for calculating the test criteria is described in Appendix 1. The production of a family shall be deemed to not conform when a fail decision is reached for one or more of the pollutants and CO 2 values, according to the test criteria in Appendix 1. The production of a family shall be deemed to conform once a pass decision is reached for all the pollutants and CO 2 values according to the test criteria in Appendix 1. When a pass decision has been reached for one pollutant, that decision shall not be changed by any additional tests carried out to reach a decision for the other pollutants and CO 2 values. If a pass decision is not reached for all the pollutants and CO 2 values, a test shall be carried out on another vehicle, up to the maximum of 16 vehicles, and the procedure described in Appendix 1 for taking a pass or fail decision shall be repeated (see Figure I.4.2). Figure I.4.2 Test of three vehicles Computation of the test statistic According to Appendix 1 does the test statistic agree with the criteria for failing the family for at least one pollutant/Co 2 ? YES Family rejected NO NO According to Appendix 1 does the test statistic agree with the criteria for passing the family for at least one pollutant/CO 2 ? YES A pass decision is reached for one or more pollutants/CO 2 Is a pass decision reached for all the pollutants/CO 2 ? YES Family accepted NO Test of an additional vehicle, up to a max of 16 vehicles tested 4.2.4.   At the request of the manufacturer and with the acceptance of the approval authority, tests may be carried out on a vehicle of the family with a maximum of 15 000 km in order to establish measured evolution coefficients EvC for pollutants/CO 2 for each family. The running-in procedure shall be conducted by the manufacturer, who shall not to make any adjustments to these vehicles. 4.2.4.1.   In order to establish a measured evolution coefficient with a run-in vehicle the procedure shall be as follows: (a) the pollutants/CO 2 shall be measured at a mileage of at most 80 km and at ‘x’ km of the first tested vehicle; (b) the evolution coefficient (EvC) of the pollutants/CO 2 between 80 km and ‘x’ km shall be calculated as: (c) the other vehicles in the interpolation family shall not be run in, but their zero km emissions/EC/CO 2 shall be multiplied by the evolution coefficient of the first run-in vehicle. In this case, the values to be taken for testing as in Appendix 1 shall be: (i) the values at ‘x’ km for the first vehicle; (ii) the values at zero km multiplied by the relevant evolution coefficient for the other vehicles. 4.2.4.2.   All these tests shall be conducted with commercial fuel. However, at the manufacturer’s request, the reference fuels described in Annex IX may be used. 4.2.4.3.   When checking the conformity of production for CO 2 , as an alternative to the procedure mentioned in Section 4.2.4.1 the vehicle manufacturer may use a fixed evolution coefficient EvC of 0,98 and multiply all values of CO 2 measured at zero km by this factor. 4.2.5   Tests for conformity of production of vehicles fuelled by LPG or NG/biomethane may be performed with a commercial fuel of which the C3/C4 ratio lies between those of the reference fuels in the case of LPG, or of one of the high or low caloric fuels in the case of NG/biomethane. In all cases a fuel analysis shall be presented to the approval authority. 4.2.6.   Vehicles fitted with eco-innovations 4.2.6.1. In the case of a vehicle type fitted with one or more eco-innovations, within the meaning of Article 12 of Regulation (EC) No 443/2009 for M1 vehicles or Article 12 of Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 for N1 vehicles, the conformity of production shall be demonstrated with respect to the eco-innovations, by checking the presence of the correct eco-innovation(s) in question. 4.3.    PEVs 4.3.1   Measures to ensure the conformity of production with regard to electric energy consumption (EC) shall be checked on the basis of the type-approval certificate set out in Appendix 4 to this Annex. 4.3.2.   Electric energy consumption verification for conformity of production 4.3.2.1. During the conformity of production procedure, the break-off criterion for the Type 1 test procedure according to paragraph 3.4.4.1.3 of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI of this Regulation (consecutive cycle procedure) and paragraph 3.4.4.2.3. of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI of this Regulation (Shortened Test Procedure) shall be replaced with the following: The break-off criterion for the conformity of production procedure shall be reached with having finished the first applicable WLTP test cycle. 4.3.2.2. During this first applicable WLTP test cycle, the DC energy from the REESS(s) shall be measured according to the method described in Appendix 3 of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI of this Regulation and divided by the driven distance in this applicable WLTP test cycle. 4.3.2.3. The value determined according to paragraph 4.3.2.2 shall be compared to the value determined according to paragraph 1.2 of Appendix 2. 4.3.2.4. Conformity for EC shall be checked using the statistical procedures described in Section 4.2 and Appendix 1. For the purposes of this conformity check, the terms pollutants/CO 2 shall be replaced by EC. 4.4.    OVC-HEVs 4.4.1.   Measures to ensure the conformity of production with regard to CO 2 mass emission and electric energy consumption from OVC-HEV shall be checked on the basis of the description in the type-approval certificate set out in Appendix 4 to this Annex. 4.4.2.   CO 2 mass emission verification for conformity of production 4.4.2.1. The vehicle shall be tested according to the charge-sustaining Type 1 test as described in paragraph 3.2.5. of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI of this Regulation. 4.4.2.2. During this test, the charge-sustaining CO 2 mass emission shall be determined according to Table A8/5 of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI of this Regulation and compared to the charge-sustaining CO 2 mass emission according to paragraph 2.3 of Appendix 2. 4.4.2.3. Conformity for CO 2 emissions shall be checked using the statistical procedures described in Section 4.2 and Appendix 1. 4.4.3.   Electric energy consumption verification for conformity of production 4.4.3.1. During the conformity of production procedure, the end of the charge-depleting Type 1 test procedure according to paragraph 3.2.4.4. of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI of this Regulation shall be replaced with the following: The end of the charge-depleting Type 1 test procedure for the conformity of production procedure shall be reached with having finished the first applicable WLTP test cycle. 4.4.3.2. During this first applicable WLTP test cycle, the DC energy from the REESS(s) shall be measured according to the method described in Appendix 3 of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI of this Regulation and divided by the driven distance in this applicable WLTP test cycle. 4.4.3.3. The value determined according to paragraph 4.5.3.2. of this Regulation shall be compared to the value determined according to paragraph 2.4. of Appendix 2. 4.4.1.4. Conformity for EC shall be checked using the statistical procedures described in Section 4.2 and Appendix 1. For the purposes of this conformity check, the terms pollutants/CO 2 shall be replaced by EC. 4.5.    Checking the conformity of the vehicle for a Type 3 test 4.5.1. If a verification of the Type 3 test is to be carried out, it shall be conducted in accordance with the following requirements: 4.5.1.1. When the approval authority determines that the quality of production seems unsatisfactory, a vehicle shall be randomly taken from the family and subjected to the tests described in Annex V. 4.5.1.2. The production shall be deemed to conform if this vehicle meets the requirements of the tests described in Annex V. 4.5.1.3. If the vehicle tested does not satisfy the requirements of Section 4.5.1.1, a further random sample of four vehicles shall be taken from the same family and subjected to the tests described in Annex V. The tests may be carried out on vehicles which have completed a maximum of 15 000 km with no modifications. 4.5.1.4. The production shall be deemed to conform if at least three vehicles meet the requirements of the tests described in Annex V. 4.6.    Checking the conformity of the vehicle for a Type 4 test 4.6.1. If a verification of the Type 4 test is to be carried out, it shall be conducted in accordance with the following requirements: 4.6.1.1. When the approval authority determines that the quality of production seems unsatisfactory, a vehicle shall be randomly taken from the family and subjected to the tests described in Annex VI, or at least as in paragraph 7 of Annex 7 of UN Regulation 83. 4.6.1.2. The production shall be deemed to conform if this vehicle meets the requirements of the tests described in Annex VI, or paragraph 7 of Annex 7 of UN Regulation 83 depending on the test performed. 4.6.1.3. If the vehicle tested does not satisfy the requirements of section 4.6.1.1, a further random sample of four vehicles shall be taken from the same family and subjected to the tests described in Annex VI, or at least as in paragraph 7 of Annex 7 of UN Regulation 83. The tests may be carried out on vehicles which have completed a maximum of 15 000 km with no modifications. 4.6.1.4. The production shall be deemed to conform if at least three vehicles meet the requirements of the tests described in Annex VI, or paragraph 7 of Annex 7 of UN Regulation 83 depending on the test performed. 4.7.    Checking the conformity of the vehicle for On-board Diagnostics (OBD) 4.7.1. If a verification of the performance of the OBD system is to be carried out, it shall be conducted in accordance with the following requirements: 4.7.1.1. When the approval authority determines that the quality of production seems unsatisfactory, a vehicle shall be randomly taken from the family and subjected to the tests described in Appendix 1 to Annex XI. 4.7.1.2. The production shall be deemed to conform if this vehicle meets the requirements of the tests described in Appendix 1 to Annex XI. 4.7.1.3. If the vehicle tested does not satisfy the requirements of section 4.7.1.1, a further random sample of four vehicles shall be taken from the same family and subjected to the tests described in Appendix 1 to Annex XI. The tests may be carried out on vehicles which have completed a maximum of 15 000 km with no modifications. 4.7.1.4. The production shall be deemed to conform if at least three vehicles meet the requirements of the tests described in Appendix 1 to Annex XI.

ANNEX IISupplementary provisions

ANNEX II IN-SERVICE CONFORMITY 1.   INTRODUCTION 1.1. This Annex sets out the tailpipe emissions and OBD (inclusive IUPR M ) in-service conformity requirements for vehicles type approved to this Regulation. 2.   REQUIREMENTS The in-service conformity requirements shall be those specified in paragraph 9 and Appendices 3, 4 and 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 with exceptions described in the following sections. 2.1. Paragraph 9.2.1. of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being as follows: The audit of in-service conformity by the approval authority shall be conducted on the basis of any relevant information that the manufacturer has, under the same procedures as those for the conformity of production defined in Article 12(1) and (2) of Directive 2007/46/EC and in points 1 and 2 of Annex X to that Directive. If information is provided to the approval authority from any approval authority or Member State surveillance testing, it shall complement the in-service monitoring reports supplied by the manufacturer. 2.2. Paragraph 9.3.5.2 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be amended with the addition of the following new sub-paragraph: ‘… Vehicles of small series productions with less than 1 000 vehicles per OBD family are exempted from minimum IUPR requirements as well as the requirement to demonstrate these to the approval authority.’ 2.3. References to ‘Contracting Parties’ shall be understood as references to ‘Member States’. 2.4. Paragraph 2.6. of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following: The vehicle shall belong to a vehicle type that is type-approved under this Regulation and covered by a certificate of conformity in accordance with Directive 2007/46/EC. It shall be registered and have been used in the Union. 2.5. The reference in paragraph 2.2. of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 to the ‘1958 Agreement’ shall be understood as reference to Directive 2007/46/EC. 2.6. Paragraph 2.6. of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following: The lead content and sulphur content of a fuel sample from the vehicle tank shall meet the applicable standards laid down in Directive 2009/30/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council  ( 1 ) and there shall be no evidence of mis-fuelling. Checks may be done in the tailpipe. 2.7. Reference in paragraph 4.1. of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 to ‘emissions tests in accordance with Annex 4a’ shall be understood as being to ‘emissions tests conducted in accordance with Annex XXI to this Regulation’. 2.8. Reference in paragraph 4.1. of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 to ‘paragraph 6.3. of Annex 4a’ shall be understood as being to ‘paragraph 1.2.6. of Sub-Annex 6 to Annex XXI to this Regulation’. 2.9. Reference in paragraph 4.4. of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 to ‘the 1958 Agreement’ shall be understood as reference to ‘Article 13(1) or (2) of Directive 2007/46/EC’. 2.10. In paragraph 3.2.1., paragraph 4.2. and footnotes 1 and 2 of Appendix 4 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, the reference to the limit values given in Table 1 of paragraph 5.3.1.4. shall be understood as reference to Table 1 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. ( 1 )    OJ L 140, 5.6.2009, p. 88 .

ANNEX IIISupplementary provisions

ANNEX III [Reserved]

ANNEX IIIASupplementary provisions

ANNEX IIIA VERIFYING REAL DRIVING EMISSIONS 1.   INTRODUCTION, DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS 1.1.    Introduction This Annex describes the procedure to verify the Real Driving Emissions (RDE) performance of light passenger and commercial vehicles. 1.2.    Definitions 1.2.1. ‘ Accuracy ’ means the deviation between a measured or calculated value and a traceable reference value. 1.2.2. ‘ Analyser ’ means any measurement device that is not part of the vehicle but installed to determine the concentration or the amount of gaseous or particle pollutants. 1.2.3. ‘ Axis intercept ’ of a linear regression ( a 0 ) means: where: a 1 is the slope of the regression line is the mean value of the reference parameter is the mean value of the parameter to be verified 1.2.4. ‘ Calibration ’ means the process of setting the response of an analyser, flow-measuring instrument, sensor, or signal so that its output agrees with one or multiple reference signals. 1.2.5. ‘ Coefficient of determination ’ ( r 2 ) means: where: a 0 is the axis intercept of the linear regression line a 1 is the slope of the linear regression line x i is the measured reference value y i is the measured value of the parameter to be verified is the mean value of the parameter to be verified n is the number of values 1.2.6. ‘ Cross-correlation coefficient ’ ( r ) means: where: x i is the measured reference value y i is the measured value of the parameter to be verified is the mean reference value is the mean value of the parameter to be verified n is the number of values 1.2.7. ‘ Delay time ’ means the time from the gas flow switching ( t 0 ) until the response reaches 10 per cent ( t 10 ) of the final reading. 1.2.8. ‘ Engine control unit (ECU) signals or data ’ means any vehicle information and signal recorded from the vehicle network using the protocols specified in point 3.4.5.of Appendix 1. 1.2.9. ‘ Engine control unit ’ means the electronic unit that controls various actuators to ensure the optimal performance of the powertrain. 1.2.10. ‘ Emissions ’ also referred to as ‘ components ’, ‘ pollutant components ’ or ‘ pollutant emissions ’ means the regulated gaseous or particle constituents of the exhaust. 1.2.11. ‘ Exhaust ’, also referred to as exhaust gas, means the total of all gaseous and particulate components emitted at the exhaust outlet or tailpipe as the result of fuel combustion within the vehicle’s internal combustion engine. 1.2.12. ‘ Exhaust emissions ’ means the emissions of particles, characterized as particulate matter and particle number, and of gaseous components at the tailpipe of a vehicle. 1.2.13. ‘ Full scale ’ means the full range of an analyser, flow-measuring instrument or sensor as specified by the equipment manufacturer. If a sub-range of the analyser, flow-measuring instrument or sensor is used for measurements, full scale shall be understood as the maximum reading. 1.2.14. ‘ Hydrocarbon response factor ’ of a particular hydrocarbon species means the ratio between the reading of a FID and the concentration of the hydrocarbon species under consideration in the reference gas cylinder, expressed as ppmC 1 . 1.2.15. ‘ Major maintenance ’ means the adjustment, repair or replacement of an analyser, flow-measuring instrument or sensor that could affect the accuracy of measurements. 1.2.16. ‘ Noise ’ means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations, each calculated from the zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 1.0 Hz during a period of 30 seconds. 1.2.17. ‘ Non-methane hydrocarbons ’ (NMHC) means the total hydrocarbons (THC) excluding methane (CH 4 ). 1.2.18. ‘ Particle number ’ (PN) means as the total number of solid particles emitted from the vehicle exhaust as defined by the measurement procedure provided for by this Regulation for assessing compliance with the respective Euro 6 emission limit defined in Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation 715/2007. 1.2.19. ‘ Precision ’ means 2.5 times the standard deviation of 10 repetitive responses to a given traceable standard value. 1.2.20. ‘ Reading ’ means the numerical value displayed by an analyser, flow-measuring instrument, sensor or any other measurement devise applied in the context of vehicle emission measurements. 1.2.21. ‘ Response time ’ ( t 90 ) means the sum of the delay time and the rise time. 1.2.22. ‘ Rise time ’ means the time between the 10 per cent and 90 per cent response ( t 90 – t 10 ) of the final reading. 1.2.23. ‘ Root mean square ’ ( x rms ) means the square root of the arithmetic mean of the squares of values and defined as: where: x is the measured or calculated value n is the number of values 1.2.24. ‘ Sensor ’ means any measurement device that is not part of the vehicle itself but installed to determine parameters other than the concentration of gaseous and particle pollutants and the exhaust mass flow. 1.2.25. ‘ Span ’ means the calibration of an analyser, flow-measuring instrument, or sensor so that it gives an accurate response to a standard that matches as closely as possible the maximum value expected to occur during the actual emissions test. 1.2.26. ‘ Span response ’ means the mean response to a span signal over a time interval of at least 30 seconds. 1.2.27. ‘ Span response drift ’ means the difference between the mean response to a span signal and the actual span signal that is measured at a defined time period after an analyser, flow-measuring instrument or sensor was accurately spanned. 1.2.28. ‘ Slope ’ of a linear regression ( a 1 ) means: where: is the mean value of the reference parameter is the mean value of the parameter to be verified x i is the actual value of the reference parameter y i is the actual value of the parameter to be verified n is the number of values 1.2.29. ‘ Standard error of estimate ’ ( SEE ) means: where: ý is the estimated value of the parameter to be verified y i is the actual value of the parameter to be verified x max is the maximum actual value of the reference parameter n is the number of values 1.2.30. ‘ Total hydrocarbons ’ (THC) means the sum of all volatile compounds measurable by a flame ionization detector (FID). 1.2.31. ‘ Traceable ’ means the ability to relate a measurement or reading through an unbroken chain of comparisons to a known and commonly agreed standard. 1.2.32. ‘ Transformation time ’ means the time difference between a change of concentration or flow ( t 0 ) at the reference point and a system response of 50 per cent of the final reading ( t 50 ). 1.2.33. ‘ Type of analyser ’, also referred to as ‘ analyser type ’ means a group of analysers produced by the same manufacturer that apply an identical principle to determine the concentration of one specific gaseous component or the number of particles. 1.2.34. ‘ Type of exhaust mass flow meter ’ means a group of exhaust mass flow meters produced by the same manufacturer that share a similar tube inner diameter and function on an identical principle to determine the mass flow rate of the exhaust gas. 1.2.35. ‘ Validation ’ means the process of evaluating the correct installation and functionality of a Portable Emissions Measurement System and the correctness of exhaust mass flow rate measurements as obtained from one or multiple non-traceable exhaust mass flow meters or as calculated from sensors or ECU signals. 1.2.36. ‘ Verification ’ means the process of evaluating whether the measured or calculated output of an analyser, flow-measuring instrument, sensor or signal agrees with a reference signal within one or more predetermined thresholds for acceptance. 1.2.37. ‘ Zero ’ means the calibration of an analyser, flow-measuring instrument or sensor so that it gives an accurate response to a zero signal. 1.2.38. ‘ Zero response ’ means the mean response to a zero signal over a time interval of at least 30 seconds. 1.2.39. ‘ Zero response drift ’ means the difference between the mean response to a zero signal and the actual zero signal that is measured over a defined time period after an analyser, flow-measuring instrument or sensor has been accurately zero calibrated. 1.3.    Abbreviations Abbreviations refer generically to both the singular and the plural forms of abbreviated terms. CH 4 — Methane CLD — ChemiLuminescence Detector CO — Carbon Monoxide CO 2 — Carbon Dioxide CVS — Constant Volume Sampler DCT — Dual Clutch Transmission ECU — Engine Control Unit EFM — Exhaust mass Flow Meter FID — Flame Ionisation Detector FS — full scale GPS — Global Positioning System H 2 O — Water HC — HydroCarbons HCLD — Heated ChemiLuminescence Detector HEV — Hybrid Electric Vehicle ICE — Internal Combustion Engine ID — identification number or code LPG — Liquid Petroleum Gas MAW — Moving Average Window max — maximum value N 2 — Nitrogen NDIR — Non-Dispersive InfraRead analyser NDUV — Non-Dispersive UltraViolet analyser NEDC — New European Driving Cycle NG — Natural Gas NMC — Non-Methane Cutter NMC-FID — Non-Methane Cutter in combination with a Flame-Ionisation Detector NMHC — Non-Methane HydroCarbons NO — Nitrogen Monoxide No. — number NO 2 — Nitrogen Dioxide NO X — Nitrogen Oxides NTE — Not-to-exceed O 2 — Oxygen OBD — On-Board Diagnostics PEMS — Portable Emissions Measurement System PHEV — Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle PN — particle number RDE — Real Driving Emissions RPA — Relative Positive Acceleration SCR — Selective Catalytic Reduction SEE — Standard Error of Estimate THC — Total HydroCarbons UN/ECE — United Nations Economic Commission for Europe VIN — Vehicle Identification Number WLTC — Worldwide harmonized Light vehicles Test Cycle WWH-OBD — WorldWide Harmonised On-Board Diagnostics 2.   GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2.1    Not-to-exceed emission limits Throughout the normal life of a vehicle type approved according to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007, its emissions determined in accordance with the requirements of this Annex and emitted at any possible RDE test performed in accordance with the requirements of this Annex, shall not be higher than the following pollutant-specific not-to-exceed (NTE) values: where EURO-6 is the applicable Euro 6 emission limit laid down in Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. 2.1.1   Final Conformity Factors The conformity factor CF pollutant for the respective pollutant is specified as follows: Pollutant Mass of oxides of nitrogen (NO x ) Number of particles (PN) Mass of carbon monoxide (CO)  ( 1 ) Mass of total hydrocarbons (THC) Combined mass of total hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen (THC + NO x ) CF pollutant 1 + margin with margin = 0,5 to be determined — — — 2.1.2   Temporary Conformity Factors By way of exception to the provisions of point 2.1.1, during a period of 5 years and 4 months following the dates specified in Article 10(4) and (5) of Regulation (EC) 715/2007 and upon request of the manufacturer, the following temporary conformity factors may apply: Pollutant Mass of oxides of nitrogen (NO x ) Number of particles (PN) Mass of carbon monoxide (CO)  ( 2 ) Mass of total hydrocarbons (THC) Combined mass of total hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen (THC + NO x ) CF pollutant 2,1 to be determined — — — The application of temporary conformity factors shall be recorded in the certificate of conformity of the vehicle. 2.1.3   Transfer functions The transfer function TF(p1, …, pn) referred to in point 2.1 is set to 1 for the entire range of parameters pi (i = 1, …, n) . If the transfer function TF(p 1 , …, p n ) is amended, this shall be done in a manner which is not detrimental to the environmental impact and the effectiveness of the RDE test procedures. In particular the following condition shall hold: Where: — dp represents the integral over the entire space of the parameters p i (i = 1, …, n) — Q(p 1 , …, p n ), is the probability density of an event corresponding to the parameters p i (i= 1, …, n) in real driving The manufacturer shall confirm compliance with point 2.1 by completing the certificate set out in Appendix 9. 2.2.   The RDE tests required by this Annex at type approval and during the lifetime of a vehicle provide a presumption of conformity with the requirement set out in point 2.1. The presumed conformity may be reassessed by additional RDE tests. 2.3.   Member States shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS on public roads in accordance with the procedures under their own national law, while respecting local road traffic legislation and safety requirements. 2.4.   Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads, e.g. by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes, granting access to ECU signals and making the necessary administrative arrangements. If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. 3.   RDE TEST TO BE PERFORMED 3.1.   The following requirements apply to PEMS tests referred to in Article 3(10), second sub-paragraph. 3.1.0.   The requirements of point 2.1 shall be fulfilled for the urban part and the complete PEMS trip. Upon the choice of the manufacturer the conditions of at least one of the two points below shall be fulfilled: 3.1.0.1. M gas,d,t ≤ NTE pollutant and M gas,d,u ≤ NTE pollutant with the definitions of point 2.1 of this Annex and points 6.1 and 6.3 of Appendix 5 and the setting gas = pollutant . 3.1.0.2. M w,gas,d ≤ NTE pollutant and M w,gas,d,u ≤ NTE pollutant with the definitions of point 2.1 of this Annex and point 3.9 of Appendix 6 and the setting gas = pollutant . 3.1.1.   For type approval, the exhaust mass flow shall be determined by measurement equipment functioning independently from the vehicle and no vehicle ECU data shall be used in this respect. Outside the type approval context, alternative methods to determine the exhaust mass flow can be used according to Appendix 2, Section 7.2. 3.1.2.   If the approval authority is not satisfied with the data quality check and validation results of a PEMS test conducted according to Appendices 1 and 4, the approval authority may consider the test to be void. In such case, the test data and the reasons for voiding the test shall be recorded by the approval authority. 3.1.3.   Reporting and dissemination of RDE test information 3.1.3.1. A technical report prepared by the manufacturer in accordance with Appendix 8 shall be made available to the approval authority. 3.1.3.2. The manufacturer shall ensure that the following information is made available on a publicly accessible website without costs: 3.1.3.2.1. By entering the vehicle type approval number and the information on type, variant and version as defined in sections 0.10 and 0.2 of the vehicle's EC certificate of conformity provided by Annex IX of Directive (EC) 2007/46, the unique identification number of a PEMS test family to which a given vehicle emission type belongs, as set out in point 5.2 of Appendix 7. 3.1.3.2.2. By entering the unique identification number of a PEMS test family: — the full information as required by point 5.1 of Appendix 7, — the lists described in points 5.3 and 5.4 of Appendix 7; — the results of the PEMS tests as set out in points 6.3 of Appendix 5 and 3.9 of Appendix 6 for all vehicle emission types in the list described in point 5.4 of Appendix 7. 3.1.3.3. Upon request, without costs and within 30 days, the manufacturer shall make available the technical report referred to in point 3.1.3.1 to any interested party. 3.1.3.4. Upon request, the type approval authority shall make available the information listed under points 3.1.3.1 and 3.1.3.2 within 30 days of receiving the request. The type approval authority may charge a reasonable and proportionate fee, which does not discourage an inquirer with a justified interest from requesting the respective information or exceed the internal costs of the authority for making the requested information available. 4.   GENERAL REQUIRMENTS 4.1. The RDE performance shall be demonstrated by testing vehicles on the road operated over their normal driving patterns, conditions and payloads. The RDE test shall be representative for vehicles operated on their real driving routes, with their normal load. 4.2. The manufacturer shall demonstrate to the approval authority that the chosen vehicle, driving patterns, conditions and payloads are representative for the vehicle family. The payload and altitude requirements, as specified in points 5.1 and 5.2, shall be used ex-ante to determine whether the conditions are acceptable for RDE testing. 4.3. The approval authority shall propose a test trip in urban, rural and motorway environments meeting the requirements of point 6. For the purpose of trip selection, the definition of urban, rural and motorway operation shall be based on a topographic map. 4.4. If for a vehicle the collection of ECU data influences the vehicle's emissions or performance the entire PEMS test family to which the vehicle belongs as defined in Appendix 7 shall be considered as non-compliant. Such functionality shall be considered as a ‘defeat device’ as defined in Article 3(10) of Regulation (EC) 715/2007. 5.   BOUNDARY CONDITIONS 5.1.   Vehicle payload and test mass 5.1.1. The vehicle's basic payload shall comprise the driver, a witness of the test (if applicable) and the test equipment, including the mounting and the power supply devices. 5.1.2. For the purpose of testing some artificial payload may be added as long as the total mass of the basic and artificial payload does not exceed 90% of the sum of the ‘mass of the passengers’ and the ‘pay-mass’ defined in points 19 and 21 of Article 2 of Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012  ( *1 ) . 5.2.   Ambient conditions 5.2.1. The test shall be conducted under ambient conditions laid down in this section. The ambient conditions become ‘extended’ when at least one of the temperature and altitude conditions is extended. 5.2.2. Moderate altitude conditions: Altitude lower or equal to 700 meters above sea level. 5.2.3. Extended altitude conditions: Altitude higher than 700 meters above sea level and lower or equal to 1300 meters above sea level. 5.2.4. Moderate temperature conditions: Greater than or equal to 273 K (0 °C) and lower than or equal to 303 K (30 °C) 5.2.5. Extended temperature conditions: Greater than or equal to 266 K (– 7 °C) and lower than 273 K (0 °C) or greater than 303 K (30 °C) and lower than or equal to 308 K (35 °C) 5.2.6. By way of derogation from the provisions of points 5.2.4 and 5.2.5 the lower temperature for moderate conditions shall be greater or equal to 276 K (3 °C) and the lower temperature for extended conditions shall be greater or equal to 271K (– 2 °C) between the start of the application of binding NTE emission limits as defined in section 2.1 and until five years after the dates given in paragraphs 4 and 5 of Article 10 of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. 5.3.   Not applicable. 5.4.   Dynamic conditions The dynamic conditions encompass the effect of road grade, head wind and driving dynamics (accelerations, decelerations) and auxiliary systems upon energy consumption and emissions of the test vehicle. The verification of the normality of dynamic conditions shall be done after the test is completed, using the recorded PEMS data. This verification shall be conducted in 2 steps: 5.4.1. The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods described in Appendix 7a to this Annex. 5.4.2. If the trip results as valid following the verifications according to point 5.4.1, the methods for verifying the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 to this Annex must be applied. Each method includes a reference for test conditions, ranges around the reference and the minimum coverage requirements to achieve a valid test. 5.5.   Vehicle condition and operation 5.5.1.   Auxiliary systems The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road. 5.5.2.   Vehicles equipped with periodically regenerating systems 5.5.2.1. ‘Periodically regenerating systems’ shall be understood according to the definition in Article 2(6). 5.5.2.2. If periodic regeneration occurs during a test, the test may be voided and repeated once at the request of the manufacturer. 5.5.2.3. The manufacturer may ensure the completion of the regeneration and precondition the vehicle appropriately prior to the second test. 5.5.2.4. If regeneration occurs during the repetition of the RDE test, pollutants emitted during the repeated test shall be included in the emissions evaluation. 6.   TRIP REQUIREMENTS 6.1. The shares of urban, rural and motorway driving, classified by instantaneous speed as described in points 6.3 to 6.5, shall be expressed as a percentage of the total trip distance. 6.2. The trip sequence shall consist of urban driving followed by rural and motorway driving according to the shares specified in point 6.6. The urban, rural and motorway operation shall be run continuously. Rural operation may be interrupted by short periods of urban operation when driving through urban areas. Motorway operation may be interrupted by short periods of urban or rural operation, e.g., when passing toll stations or sections of road work. If another testing order is justified for practical reasons, the order of urban, rural and motorway operation may be altered, after obtaining approval from the approval authority. 6.3. Urban operation is characterised by vehicle speeds lower than or equal to 60 km/h. 6.4. Rural operation is characterised by vehicle speeds higher than 60 and lower than or equal to 90 km/h. 6.5. Motorway operation is characterised by speeds above 90 km/h. 6.6. The trip shall consist of approximately 34 % per cent urban, 33 % per cent rural and 33 % per cent motorway driving classified by speed as described in points 6.3 to 6.5 above. ‘Approximately’ shall mean the interval of ±10 per cent points around the stated percentages. The urban driving shall however never be less than 29% of the total trip distance. 6.7. The vehicle velocity shall normally not exceed 145 km/h. This maximum speed may be exceeded by a tolerance of 15 km/h for not more than 3 % of the time duration of the motorway driving. Local speed limits remain in force during a PEMS test, notwithstanding other legal consequences. Violations of local speed limits per se do not invalidate the results of a PEMS test. 6.8. The average speed (including stops) of the urban driving part of the trip should be between 15 and 40 km/h. Stop periods, defined as vehicle speed of less than 1 km/h, shall account for 6 to 30 % of the time duration of urban operation. Urban operation shall contain several stop periods of 10s or longer. If a stop period lasts more the 180 s, the emission events during the 180 s following such an excessively long stop period shall be excluded from the emissions evaluation. 6.9. The speed range of the motorway driving shall properly cover a range between 90 and at least 110 km/h. The vehicle's velocity shall be above 100 km/h for at least 5 minutes. 6.10. The trip duration shall be between 90 and 120 minutes. 6.11. The start and the end point shall not differ in their elevation above sea level by more than 100 m. In addition, the proportional cumulative positive altitude gain shall be less than 1 200 m/100km) and be determined according to Appendix 7b. 6.12. The minimum distance of each, the urban, rural and motorway operation shall be 16 km. 7.   OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS 7.1. The trip shall be selected in such a way that the testing is uninterrupted and the data continuously recorded to reach the minimum test duration defined in point 6.10. 7.2. Electrical power shall be supplied to the PEMS by an external power supply unit and not from a source that draws its energy either directly or indirectly from the engine of the test vehicle. 7.3. The installation of the PEMS equipment shall be done in a way to influence the vehicle emissions or performance or both to the minimum extent possible. Care should be exercised to minimize the mass of the installed equipment and potential aerodynamic modifications of the test vehicle. The vehicle payload shall be in accordance with point 5.1. 7.4. RDE tests shall be conducted on working days as defined for the Union in Council Regulation (EEC, Euratom) No 1182/71  ( *2 ) 7.5. RDE tests shall be conducted on paved roads and streets (e.g. off road operation is not permitted). 7.6. Prolonged idling shall be avoided after the first ignition of the combustion engine at the beginning of the emissions test. If the engine stalls during the test, it may be restarted, but the sampling shall not be interrupted. 8.   LUBRICATING OIL, FUEL AND REAGENT 8.1. The fuel, lubricant and reagent (if applicable) used for RDE testing shall be within the specifications issued by the manufacturer for vehicle operation by the customer. 8.2. Samples of fuel, lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year. 9.   EMISSIONS AND TRIP EVALUATION 9.1. The test shall be conducted in accordance with Appendix 1 of this Annex. 9.2. The trip shall fulfil the requirements set out in points 4 to 8. 9.3. It shall not be permitted to combine data of different trips or to modify or remove data from a trip with exception of provisions for long stops as described in 6.8. 9.4. After establishing the validity of a trip according to Point 9.2 emission results shall be calculated using the methods laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 of this Annex. 9.5. If during a particular time interval the ambient conditions are extended in accordance with point 5.2, the pollutant emissions during this particular time interval, calculated according to Appendix 4, shall be divided by a value of 1,6 before being evaluated for compliance with the requirements of this Annex. This provision does not apply to carbon dioxide emissions. 9.6. The cold start is defined in accordance with point 4 of Appendix 4 of this Annex. Until specific requirements for emissions at cold start are applied, the latter shall be recorded but excluded from the emissions evaluation. ( 1 )   CO emissions shall be measured and recorded at RDE tests. margin is a parameter taking into account the additional measurement uncertainties introduced by the PEMS equipment, which are subject to an annual review and shall be revised as a result of the improved quality of the PEMS procedure or technical progress. ( 2 )   CO emissions shall be measured and recorded at RDE tests. ( *1 )   Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 of 12 December 2012 implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to type-approval requirements for masses and dimensions of motor vehicles and their trailers and amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council ( OJ L 353, 21.12.2012, p. 31 ). ( *2 )   Regulation (EEC, Euratom) No 1182/71 of the Council of 3 June 1971 determining the rules applicable to periods, dates and time limits ( OJ L 124, 8.6.1971, p. 1 ).

ANNEX IVSupplementary provisions

ANNEX IV EMISSIONS DATA REQUIRED AT TYPE-APPROVAL FOR ROADWORTHINESS PURPOSES

ANNEX VSupplementary provisions

ANNEX V VERIFYING EMISSIONS OF CRANKCASE GASES (TYPE 3 TEST) 1.   INTRODUCTION 1.1. This Annex describes the procedure for the type 3 test verifying emissions of crankcase gases as described in section 5.3.3. of UN/ECE Regulation No 83. 2.   GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2.1. The general requirements for conducting the type 3 test shall be those set out in sections 1 and 2 of Annex 6 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, with the exceptions set out in points 2.2 and 2.3 below. 2.2. Reference to the Type I test in paragraph 2.1. of Annex 6 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as referring to the Type 1 test in Annex XXI to this Regulation. 2.3. The road load coefficients to be used shall be those for VL. If VL low does not exist the VH road load shall be used. 3.   TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 3.1. The technical requirements shall be those set out in section 3 to 6 of Annex 6 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, with the exception set out in point 3.2 below. 3.2. References to the Type I test in paragraph 3.2. of Annex 6 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as referring to the Type 1 test in Annex XXI to this Regulation.

ANNEX VISupplementary provisions

ANNEX VI DETERMINATION OF EVAPORATIVE EMISSIONS (TYPE 4 TEST) 1.   INTRODUCTION 1.1. This Annex describes the procedure for the Type 4 test, which determines the emission of hydrocarbons by evaporation from the fuel systems of vehicles with positive ignition engines. 2.   TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 2.1.   Introduction The procedure includes the evaporative emissions test and two additional tests, one for the aging of the carbon canister, as described in point 5.1, and one for the permeability of the fuel storage system, as described in point 5.2. The evaporative emissions test (Figure VI.1) is designed to determine hydrocarbon evaporative emissions as a consequence of diurnal temperatures fluctuation, hot soaks during parking, and urban driving. 2.2   The evaporative emissions test consists of: (a) Test drive including an urban (Part One) and an extra-urban (Part Two) driving cycle, followed by two urban (Part One) driving cycles, (b) Hot soak loss determination, (c) Diurnal loss determination. The mass emissions of hydrocarbons from the hot soak and the diurnal loss phases are added up together with the permeability factor to provide an overall result for the test. 3.   VEHICLE AND FUEL 3.1.   Vehicle 3.1.1. The vehicle shall be in good mechanical condition and have been run in and driven at least 3 000 km before the test. For the purpose of the determination of evaporative emissions, the mileage and the age of the vehicle used for certification shall be recorded. The evaporative emission control system shall be connected and have been functioning correctly over the run in period and the carbon canister(s) shall have been subject to normal use, neither undergoing abnormal purging nor abnormal loading. The carbon canister(s) aged according to the procedure set out in paragraph 5.1 shall be connected as described in Figure VI.1. 3.2.   Fuel 3.2.1. The Type 1 E10 reference fuel specified in Annex IX of this Regulation shall be used. For the purposes of this Regulation, E10 reference shall mean the Type 1 reference fuel, except for the canister aging, as set out in point 5.1. 4.   TEST EQUIPMENT FOR EVAPORATIVE TEST 4.1.   Chassis dynamometer The chassis dynamometer shall meet the requirements of Appendix 1 of Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. 4.2.   Evaporative emission measurement enclosure The evaporative emission measurement enclosure shall meet the requirements of paragraph 4.2. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. Figure VI.1 Determination of evaporative emissions 3 000 km run-in period (no excessive purge/load) Use of aged of canister(s) Steam-clean of vehicle (if necessary) Reducing or removing non-fuel background emission sources (if agreed) Canister Bench Aging Duration 2 months approx. Fuel system Aging Duration 5 months approx. Permeability Factor: PF Max 1 h Max 1 h Max 7 min 6h to 36h Start Soak between 20°C and 30°C between 12 to 36 H Fuel drain and refill Pre-conditioning drive: Max 5 min Soak between 20°C and 30°C between 12 to 36 H Aged canister load to breakthrough Test drive NEDC Hot start in < 2 min, then two part 1 and max 2 min before engine shut off Hot soak test: M HS Soak at 293 K for the last 6 h 1rst day diurnal: M D1 2nd day diurnal: M D2 M HS + M D1 + M D2 + 2PF < 2.0 g/test End Fuel temperature 291K±8K (18°C±8°C) 40% ± 2% of nominal tank capacity Ambient temperature: 293K to 303K (20°-30°C) Type 1: one Part 1 + two Part 2 Tstart = 293 K to 303 (20°-30°C) Type 1: one Part 1 + one Part 2 Tstart = 293 K to 303 (20°-30°C) And then two Part 1 Tmin = 296K (23 °C) Tmax = 304 K (31 °C) 60 min ±0,5 min 293K±2K (20°C±2°C) Tstart = 293K (20 °C) Tmin = 308 K; ΔT=15K 24hours, No of diurnals = 2 Notes : 1. Evaporative emission control families – as in paragraph 3.2 of Annex I 2. Exhaust emissions may be measured during Type 1 test drive but these are not used for legislative purposes. Exhaust emission legislative test remains separate. 4.3.   Analytical systems The analytical systems shall meet the requirements of paragraph 4.3. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. 4.4.   Temperature recording The temperature recording shall meet the requirements of paragraph 4.5. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. 4.5.   Pressure recording The pressure recording shall meet the requirements of paragraph 4.6. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. 4.6.   Fans The fans shall meet the requirements of paragraph 4.7. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. 4.7.   Gases The gases shall meet the requirements of paragraph 4.8. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. 4.8.   Additional Equipment The additional equipment shall meet the requirements of paragraph 4.9. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. 5.   TEST PROCEDURE 5.1.   Canister(s) bench aging Before performing the hot soak and diurnal losses sequences, the canister(s) must be aged according the following procedure described in Figure VI.2. Figure VI.2 Canister bench aging procedure Test Start Select new canister sample 1. Temperature conditioning test: Canister brought from -15°C to 60°C 210 min; temp gradient 1°C/min 2. Canister vibration conditioning test: Canister is shaken along the vertical axis for 12 H. Overall Grms > 1.5 with frequency of 30 ± 10 Hz 3. Fuel Aging for 300 cycles (BWC) Test Start Select new canister sample 1. Temperature conditioning test: Canister brought from -15°C to 60°C 210 min; temp gradient 1°C/min 2. Canister vibration conditioning test: Canister is shaken along the vertical axis for 12 H. Overall Grms > 1.5 with frequency of 30 ± 10 Hz 3. Fuel Aging for 300 cycles (BWC) 5.1.1.   Temperature conditioning test In a dedicated temperature chamber, the canister(s) is (are) cycled between temperatures from – 15 °C to 60 °C, with 30 min of stabilisation at – 15 °C and 60 °C. Each cycle shall last 210 min as in Figure 3. The temperature gradient shall be as close as possible to 1 °C/min. No forced air flow should pass through the canister(s). The cycle is repeated 50 times consecutively. In total, this operation will last 175 hours. Figure VI.3 Temperature conditioning cycle 5.1.2.   Canister vibration conditioning test After the temperature aging procedure, the canister(s) is (are) shaken along the vertical axis with the canister(s) mounted as per its orientation in the vehicle with overall Grms  ( 1 ) > 1.5m/sec 2 with frequency of 30 ± 10 Hz. The test shall last 12 hours. 5.1.3.   Canister Fuel aging test 5.1.3.1.   Fuel Aging for 300 cycles 5.1.3.1.1. After the temperature conditioning test and vibration test, the canister(s) is aged with a mixture of Type 1 E10 market fuel as specified in point 5.1.3.1.1.1 below and nitrogen or air with a 50 ± 15 percent fuel vapour volume. The fuel vapour fill rate must be kept between 60 ± 20 g/h. The canister(s) is (are) loaded to the corresponding breakthrough. Breakthrough shall be considered as the point at which the cumulative quantity of hydrocarbons emitted is equal to 2 grams. As an alternative, the loading is deemed completed when the equivalent concentration level at the vent hole reaches 3 000 ppm. 5.1.3.1.1.1 The E10 market fuel used for this test shall fulfil the same requirements as an E10 reference fuel for the following points: Density at 15 °C — Vapour Pressure (DVPE) — Distillation (evaporates only) — Hydrocarbon analysis (olefins, aromatics, benzene only) — Oxygen content — Ethanol content 5.1.3.1.2. The canister(s) shall be purged according the procedure of paragraph 5.1.3.8. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The canister must be purged between 5 minutes to 1 hour maximum after loading. 5.1.3.1.3. The steps of the procedure set out in points 5.1.3.1.1. and 5.1.3.1.2. shall be repeated 50 times, followed by a measurement of the Butane Working Capacity (BWC), meant as the ability of an activated carbon canister to absorb and desorb butane from dry air under specified conditions, in 5 butane cycles, as described in point 5.1.3.1.4 below. The fuel vapour ageing will continue until 300 cycles are reached. A measurement of the BWC in 5 butane cycles, as set out in point 5.1.3.1.4, will be made after the 300 cycles. 5.1.3.1.4. After 50 and 300 Fuel aging cycles, a measurement of BWC is performed. This measurement consists of loading the canister according to paragraph 5.1.6.3., of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 until breakthrough. The BWC is recorded. Then, the canister(s) shall be purged according the procedure of paragraph 5.1.3.8. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The canister must be purged between 5 minutes to 1 hour maximum after loading. The operation of butane loading is repeated 5 times. The BWC is recorded after each butane loading step. The BWC 50 is calculated as the average of the 5 BWC and recorded. In total, the canister(s) will be aged with 300 fuel aging cycles + 10 butane cycles and considered to be stabilized. 5.1.3.2.   If the canister(s) is (are) provided by the Suppliers, the Manufacturers shall inform in advance the Type Approval Authorities to allow them to witness any part of the aging in the Supplier’s facilities. 5.1.3.3.   The manufacturer shall provide to the Type Approval Authorities a test report including at least the following elements: — Type of activated carbon, — Loading rate, — Fuel specifications, — BWC measurements 5.2.   Determination of the Permeability Factor of the Fuel System (Figure VI.4) Figure VI.4 Determination of the Permeability Factor Test Start Fill the tank with fresh reference fuel at 40 % Soak for 3 weeks at 40°C +/- 2°C Drain and fill the tank with reference fuel at 40 % Measurement of HC in the same conditions as in Diurnal Emission test: HC 3w Soak for the remaining 17 weeks at 40°C +/- 2°C Drain and fill the tank with reference fuel at 40 % Measurement of HC in the same conditions as in Diurnal Emission test: HC 20w Permeability Factor = HC 20w - HC 3w The fuel storage system representative of a family is selected and fixed to a rig, then soaked with E10 reference fuel for 20 weeks at 40 °C +/– 2 °C. The orientation of the fuel storage system on the rig has to be similar to the original orientation on the vehicle. 5.2.1. The tank is filled with fresh E10 reference fuel at a temperature of 18 °C ± 8 °C. The tank is filled at 40 +/– 2 % of the nominal tank capacity. Then, the rig with the fuel system is placed in a specific and secure room with a controlled temperature of 40 °C +/– 2 °C for 3 weeks. 5.2.2. At the end of the 3 rd week, the tank is drained and refilled with fresh E10 reference fuel at a temperature of 18 °C ± 8 °C at 40 +/– 2 % of the nominal tank capacity. Within 6 to 36 hours, the last 6h at 20 °C ± 2 °C the rig with the fuel system is placed in a VT-SHED a diurnal procedure is performed over a period of 24 hours, according to the procedure described according to paragraph 5.7. of Annex 7 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The fuel system is vented to the outside of the VT-SHED to eliminate the possibility of the tank venting emissions being counted as permeation. The HC emissions are measured and the value is recorded as HC 3W . 5.2.3. The rig with the fuel system is placed again in a specific and secure room with a controlled temperature of 40 °C +/– 2 °C for the remaining 17 weeks. 5.2.4. At the end of the remaining 17 th week, the tank is drained and refilled with fresh reference fuel at a temperature of 18 °C ± 8 °C at 40 +/– 2 % of the nominal tank capacity. Within 6 to 36 hours, the last 6h at 20 o C ± 2 °C, the rig with the fuel system is placed in a VT-SHED a diurnal procedure is performed over a period of 24 hours, according to the procedure described according to paragraph 5.7. Annex 7 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The fuel system is vented to the outside of the VT-SHED to eliminate the possibility of the tank venting emissions being counted as permeation. The HC emissions are measured and the value is recorded as HC 20W . 5.2.5. The Permeability Factor is the difference between HC 20W and HC 3W in g/24h with 3 digits. 5.2.6. If the Permeability Factor is determined by the Suppliers, the Manufacturers shall inform in advance the Type Approval Authorities to allow witness check in Supplier’s facilities. 5.2.7 The manufacturer shall provide to the Type Approval Authorities a test report containing at least the following elements: (a) A full description of the fuel storage system tested, including information on the type of tank tested, whether the tank is monolayer or multilayer and which types of materials are used for the tank and other parts of the fuel storage system, (b) the weekly mean temperatures at which the ageing was performed, (c) the HC measured at week 3 (HC 3W ), (d) the HC measured at week 20 (HC 20W ) (e) the resulting Permeability Factor (PF) 5.2.8 As an exception to points 5.2.1 to 5.2.7 above, the Manufacturers using multilayer tanks may choose to use the following assigned permeability factor (APF) instead of the complete measurement procedure mentioned above: APF multilayer tank = 120 mg/24h 5.2.8.1 Where the manufacturer chooses to use Assigned Permeability Factors, the manufacturer shall provide to the Type Approval Authority, a declaration in which the type of tank is clearly specified, as well as a declaration of the type of materials used. 5.3.   Sequence of measurement of hot soak and diurnal losses The vehicle is prepared in accordance to paragraph 5.1.1. and 5.1.2. of Annex 7 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83. At the request of the manufacturer and with the approval of the approval authority, non-fuel background emission sources may be removed or reduced before testing (e.g. baking tire or vehicle, removing washer fluid). 5.3.1.   Soak The vehicle is parked for a minimum of 12 hours and a maximum of 36 hours in the soak area. The engine oil and coolant temperatures shall have reached the temperature of the area or within ±3 C of it at the end of the period. 5.3.2.   Fuel drain and refill The fuel drain and refill is performed in accordance to the procedure of paragraph 5.1.7. of Annex 7 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83. 5.3.3.   Preconditioning drive Within one hour from the completing of fuel drain and refill, the vehicle is placed on the chassis dynamometer and driven through one Part One and two Part Two driving cycles of Type I according to Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. Exhaust emissions are not sampled during this operation. 5.3.4.   Soak Within five minutes of completing the preconditioning operation the vehicle is parked for a minimum of 12 hours and a maximum of 36 hours in the soak area. The engine oil and coolant temperatures shall have reached the temperature of the area or within ±3 C of it at the end of the period. 5.3.5.   Canister breakthrough The canister(s) aged according to the sequence described in paragraph 5.1 is loaded to breakthrough according to the procedure paragraph 5.1.4 of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. 5.3.6.   Dynamometer test 5.3.6.1. Within one hour from completing of canister loading, the vehicle is placed on the chassis dynamometer and driven through one Part One and one Part Two driving cycles of Type I according to Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. Then the engine is shut off. Exhaust emissions may be sampled during this operation but the results shall not be used for the purpose of exhaust emission type approval. 5.3.6.2. Within two minutes of completing the Type I Test drive specified in point 5.3.6.1 the vehicle is driven a further conditioning drive consisting of two Part One test cycles (hot start) of Type I. Then the engine is shut off again. Exhaust emissions need not be sampled during this operation. 5.3.7.   Hot Soak After the Dynamometer test, hot soak evaporative emissions test is performed in accordance to paragraph 5.5 of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The hot soak losses result is calculated according to paragraph 6 of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 and recorded as M HS . 5.3.8.   Soak After hot soak evaporative emissions test, a soak is performed according to paragraph 5.6 of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. 5.3.9.   Diurnal test 5.3.9.1. After the soak, a first measurement of Diurnal Losses over 24 hours is performed according to paragraph 5.7 of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. Emissions are calculated according to paragraph 6 of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The obtained value is recorded as M D1 . 5.3.9.2. After the first 24 hours diurnal test, a second measurement of Diurnal Losses over 24 hours is performed according to paragraph 5.7 of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. Emissions are calculated according to paragraph 6 of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The obtained value is recorded as M D2 . 5.3.10.   Calculation The result of M HS +M D1 +M D2 +2PF shall be below the limit defined in Table 3 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. 5.3.11   The manufacturer shall provide to the Type Approval Authorities a test report containing at least the following elements: (a) description of the soak periods, including time and mean temperatures (b) description to aged canister used and reference to exact ageing report (c) mean temperature during the hot soak test (d) measurement during hot soak test, HSL (e) measurement of first diurnal, DL 1st day (f) measurement of second diurnal, DL 2nd day (g) final evaporative test result, calculated as "M HS +M D1 +M D2 +2PF" ( 1 )    Grms: The root mean square (rms) value of the vibration signal is calculated by squaring the magnitude of the signal at every point, finding the average (mean) value of the squared magnitude, then taking the square root of the average value. The resulting number is the Grms metric.

ANNEX VIISupplementary provisions

ANNEX VII VERIFYING THE DURABILITY OF POLLUTION CONTROL DEVICES (TYPE 5 TEST) 1.   INTRODUCTION 1.1. This Annex describes the tests for verifying the durability of pollution control devices. 2.   GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2.1. The general requirements for conducting the type 5 test shall be those set out in Section 5.3.6. of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 with exceptions provided in sections 2.2. and 2.3 below. 2.2. The table in paragraph 5.3.6.2. and the text in paragraph 5.3.6.4. of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood to be as follows: Engine Category Assigned deterioration factors CO THC NMHC NO x HC + NO x PM P Positive-ignition 1,5 1,3 1,3 1,6 — 1,0 1,0 Compression-ignition As there are no assigned deterioration factors for compression ignition vehicles, manufacturers shall use the whole vehicle or bench ageing durability test procedures to establish deterioration factors. 2.3. The reference to the requirements of paragraphs 5.3.1 and 8.2 in paragraph 5.3.6.5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to the requirements of Annex XXI and Section 4.2 of Annex I to this Regulation during the useful life of the vehicle. 2.4. Before emission limits set out in Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 are used for assessing compliance with the requirements referred to in paragraph 5.3.6.5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 the deterioration factors shall be calculated and applied, as described in Table A7/1 of Sub-Annex 7 and Table A8/5 of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI. 3.   TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 3.1. The technical requirements and specifications shall be those set out in sections 1 to 7 and Appendices 1, 2 and 3 of Annex 9 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, with the exceptions set out in sections 3.2. to 3.10. 3.2. Reference to Annex 2 in paragraph 1.5. of Annex 9 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as referring to Appendix 4 to Annex I to this Regulation. 3.3. Reference to the emissions limits set out in Table 1 in paragraph 1.6. of Annex 9 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as referring to the emissions limits set out in Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. 3.4. The references to the Type I test in paragraph 2.3.1.7 of Annex 9 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to the Type 1 test in Annex XXI to this Regulation. 3.5. The references to the Type I test in paragraph 2.3.2.6 of Annex 9 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to the Type 1 test in Annex XXI to this Regulation. 3.6. The references to the Type I test in paragraph 3.1 of Annex 9 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to the Type 1 test in Annex XXI to this Regulation. 3.7. The reference to paragraph 5.3.1.4. in the first section of paragraph 7 of Annex 9 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to Table 2 of Annex I of the Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. 3.8. The reference in paragraph 6.3.1.2 of Annex 9 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 to the methods in Appendix 7 to Annex 4a shall be understood as being a reference to Sub-Annex 4 to Annex XXI to this Regulation. 3.9. The reference in paragraph 6.3.1.4 of Annex 9 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 to Annex 4a shall be understood as being a reference to Sub-Annex 4 to Annex XXI to this Regulation. 3.10. The road load coefficients to be used shall be those for VL. If VL low does not exist the VH road load shall be used.

ANNEX VIIISupplementary provisions

ANNEX VIII VERIFYING THE AVERAGE EMISSIONS AT LOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURES (TYPE 6 TEST) 1.   INTRODUCTION 1.1. This Annex describes the equipment required and the procedure for the Type 6 test in order to verify the emissions at cold temperatures. 2.   GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2.1. The general requirements for the Type 6 test are those set out in section 5.3.5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 with the exception specified in section 2.2 below. 2.2. The limit values referred to in paragraph 5.3.5.2 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 relate to the limit values set out in Annex 1, Table 4, to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. 3.   TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 3.1. The technical requirements and specifications are those set out in section 2 to 6 of Annex 8 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 with the exception specified in section 3.2 below. 3.2. The reference to paragraph 2 of Annex 10 in paragraph 3.4.1 of Annex 8 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to Section B of Annex IX to this Regulation. 3.3. The road load coefficients to be used shall be those for VL. If VL low does not exist the VH road load shall be used.

ANNEX IXSupplementary provisions

ANNEX IX SPECIFICATIONS OF REFERENCE FUELS A.   REFERENCE FUELS 1.    Technical data on fuels for testing vehicles with positive-ignition engines Type: Petrol (E10): Parameter Unit Limits  ( 1 ) Test method Minimum Maximum Research octane number, RON  ( 2 )   95,0 98,0 EN ISO 5164 Motor octane number, MON  ( 3 )   85,0 89,0 EN ISO 5163 Density at 15 C kg/m 3 743,0 756,0 EN ISO 12185 Vapour pressure (DVPE) kPa 56,0 60,0 EN 13016-1 Water content % v/v   0,05 EN 12937 Appearance at – 7 C   Clear and bright   Distillation:         — evaporated at 70 C % v/v 34,0 46,0 EN ISO 3405 — evaporated at 100 C % v/v 54,0 62,0 EN ISO 3405 — evaporated at 150 C % v/v 86,0 94,0 EN ISO 3405 — final boiling point °C 170 195 EN ISO 3405 Residue % v/v — 2,0 EN ISO 3405 Hydrocarbon analysis:         — olefins % v/v 6,0 13,0 EN 22854 — aromatics % v/v 25,0 32,0 EN 22854 — benzene % v/v — 1,00 EN 22854 EN 238 — saturates % v/v report EN 22854 Carbon/hydrogen ratio   report   Carbon/oxygen ratio   report   Induction Period  ( 4 ) minutes 480 — EN ISO 7536 Oxygen content  ( 5 ) % m/m 3,3 3,7 EN 22854 Solvent washed gum (Existent gum content) mg/100 ml — 4 EN ISO 6246 Sulphur content  ( 6 ) mg/kg — 10 EN ISO 20846 EN ISO 20884 Copper corrosion 3 hrs, 50 C   — class 1 EN ISO 2160 Lead content mg/l — 5 EN 237 Phosphorus content  ( 7 ) mg/l — 1,3 ASTM D 3231 Ethanol  ( 8 ) % v/v 9,0 10,0 EN 22854 ( 2 ) Equivalent EN/ISO methods will be adopted when issued for properties listed above. Type: Ethanol (E85) Parameter Unit Limits  ( 9 ) Test method  ( 10 ) Minimum Maximum Research octane number, RON   95 — EN ISO 5164 Motor octane number, MON   85 — EN ISO 5163 Density at 15 C kg/m 3 Report ISO 3675 Vapour pressure kPa 40 60 EN ISO 13016-1 (DVPE) Sulphur content  ( 11 )  ( 12 ) mg/kg — 10 EN ISO 20846 EN ISO 20884 Oxidation stability minutes 360   EN ISO 7536 Existent gum content (solvent washed) mg/100ml — 5 EN-ISO 6246 Appearance This shall be determined at ambient temperature or 15 C whichever is higher.   Clear and bright, visibly free of suspended or precipitated contaminants Visual inspection Ethanol and higher alcohols  ( 13 ) % (V/V) 83 85 EN 1601 EN 13132 EN 14517 Higher alcohols (C 3 -C 8 ) % (V/V) — 2   Methanol % (V/V)   0,5   Petrol  ( 14 ) % (V/V) Balance EN 228 Phosphorus mg/l 0,3  ( 15 ) ASTM D 3231 Water content % (V/V)   0,3 ASTM E 1064 Inorganic chloride content mg/l   1 ISO 6227 pHe   6,5 9 ASTM D 6423 Copper strip corrosion (3h at 50 C) Rating Class 1   EN ISO 2160 Acidity, (as acetic acid CH 3 COOH) % (m/m) — 0,005 ASTM D 1613 (mg/l) — 40 Carbon/hydrogen ratio   report   Carbon/oxygen ration   report   Type: LPG Parameter Unit Fuel A Fuel B Test method Composition:       ISO 7941 C 3 -content % vol 30 ± 2 85 ± 2   C 4 -content % vol Balance Balance   < C 3 , > C 4 % vol Maximum 2 Maximum 2   Olefins % vol Maximum 12 Maximum 15   Evaporation residue mg/kg Maximum 50 Maximum 50 prEN 15470 Water at 0 C   Free Free prEN 15469 Total sulphur content mg/kg Maximum 10 Maximum 10 ASTM 6667 Hydrogen sulphide   None None ISO 8819 Copper strip corrosion Rating Class 1 Class 1 ISO 6251  ( 16 ) Odour   Characteristic Characteristic   Motor octane number   Minimum 89 Minimum 89 EN 589 Annex B Type: NG/Biomethane Characteristics Units Basis Limits Test method minimum maximum Reference fuel G20           Composition:           Methane % mole 100 99 100 ISO 6974 Balance  ( 17 ) % mole — — 1 ISO 6974 N 2 % mole       ISO 6974 Sulphur content mg/m 3  ( 18 ) — — 10 ISO 6326-5 Wobbe Index (net) MJ/m 3  ( 19 ) 48,2 47,2 49,2   Reference fuel G25           Composition:           Methane % mole 86 84 88 ISO 6974 Balance  ( 20 ) % mole — — 1 ISO 6974 N 2 % mole 14 12 16 ISO 6974 Sulphur content mg/m 3  ( 21 ) — — 10 ISO 6326-5 Wobbe Index (net) MJ/m 3  ( 22 ) 39,4 38,2 40,6   Type: Hydrogen for internal combustion engines Characteristics Units Limits Test method minimum maximum Hydrogen purity % mole 98 100 ISO 14687-1 Total hydrocarbon μmol/mol 0 100 ISO 14687-1 Water  ( 23 ) μmol/mol 0  ( 24 ) ISO 14687-1 Oxygen μmol/mol 0  ( 25 ) ISO 14687-1 Argon μmol/mol 0  ( 26 ) ISO 14687-1 Nitrogen μmol/mol 0  ( 27 ) ISO 14687-1 CO μmol/mol 0 1 ISO 14687-1 Sulphur μmol/mol 0 2 ISO 14687-1 Permanent particulates  ( 28 )       ISO 14687-1 2.    Technical data on fuels for testing vehicles with compression ignition engines Type: Diesel (B7): Parameter Unit Limits  ( 29 ) Test method Minimum Maximum Cetane Index   46,0   EN ISO 4264 Cetane number  ( 30 )   52,0 56,0 EN ISO 5165 Density at 15 C kg/m 3 833,0 837,0 EN ISO 12185 Distillation:         — 50 % point °C 245,0 — EN ISO 3405 — 95 % point °C 345,0 360,0 EN ISO 3405 — final boiling point °C — 370,0 EN ISO 3405 Flash point °C 55 — EN ISO 2719 Cloud point °C — – 10 EN 23015 Viscosity at 40 C mm 2 /s 2,30 3,30 EN ISO 3104 Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons % m/m 2,0 4,0 EN 12916 Sulphur content mg/kg — 10,0 EN ISO 20846 EN ISO 20884 Copper corrosion 3 hrs, 50 C   — Class 1 EN ISO 2160 Conradson carbon residue (10 % DR) % m/m — 0,20 EN ISO 10370 Ash content % m/m — 0,010 EN ISO 6245 Total contamination mg/kg — 24 EN 12662 Water content mg/kg — 200 EN ISO 12937 Acid number mg KOH/g — 0,10 EN ISO 6618 Lubricity (HFRR wear scan diameter at 60 C) μm — 400 EN ISO 12156 Oxidation stability at 110 C  ( 31 ) h 20,0   EN 15751 FAME  ( 32 ) % v/v 6,0 7,0 EN 14078 3.    Technical data on fuels for testing fuel cell vehicles Type: Hydrogen for fuel cell vehicles Characteristics Units Limits Test method minimum maximum Hydrogen fuel  ( 33 ) % mole 99,99 100 ISO 14687-2 Total gases  ( 34 ) μmol/mol 0 100   Total hydrocarbon μmol/mol 0 2 ISO 14687-2 Water μmol/mol 0 5 ISO 14687-2 Oxygen μmol/mol 0 5 ISO 14687-2 Helium (He), Nitrogen (N 2 ), Argon (Ar) μmol/mol 0 100 ISO 14687-2 CO 2 μmol/mol 0 2 ISO 14687-2 CO μmol/mol 0 0,2 ISO 14687-2 Total sulphur compounds μmol/mol 0 0,004 ISO 14687-2 Formaldehyde (HCHO) μmol/mol 0 0,01 ISO 14687-2 Formic acid (HCOOH) μmol/mol 0 0,2 ISO 14687-2 Ammonia (NH 3 ) μmol/mol 0 0,1 ISO 14687-2 Total halogenated compounds μmol/mol 0 0,05 ISO 14687-2 Particulates size μm 0 10 ISO 14687-2 Particulates concentration μg/l 0 1 ISO 14687-2 B.   REFERENCE FUELS FOR TESTING EMISSIONS AT LOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURES — TYPE 6 TEST Type: Petrol (E10): Parameter Unit Limits  ( 35 ) Test method Minimum Maximum Research octane number, RON  ( 36 )   95,0 98,0 EN ISO 5164 Motor octane number, MON  ( 37 )   85,0 89,0 EN ISO 5163 Density at 15 C kg/m 3 743,0 756,0 EN ISO 12185 Vapour pressure (DVPE) kPa 56,0 95,0 EN 13016-1 Water content   max 0,05 % v/v Appearance at – 7 C: clear and bright EN 12937 Distillation:         — evaporated at 70 C % v/v 34,0 46,0 EN ISO 3405 — evaporated at 100 C % v/v 54,0 62,0 EN ISO 3405 — evaporated at 150 C % v/v 86,0 94,0 EN ISO 3405 — final boiling point °C 170 195 EN ISO 3405 Residue % v/v — 2,0 EN ISO 3405 Hydrocarbon analysis:         — olefins % v/v 6,0 13,0 EN 22854 — aromatics % v/v 25,0 32,0 EN 22854 — benzene % v/v — 1,00 EN 22854 EN 238 — saturates % v/v report EN 22854 Carbon/hydrogen ratio   report   Carbon/oxygen ratio   report   Induction Period  ( 38 ) minutes 480 — EN ISO 7536 Oxygen content  ( 39 ) % m/m 3,3 3,7 EN 22854 Solvent washed gum (Existent gum content) mg/100 ml — 4 EN ISO 6246 Sulphur content  ( 40 ) mg/kg — 10 EN ISO 20846 EN ISO 20884 Copper corrosion 3 hrs, 50 C   — class 1 EN ISO 2160 Lead content mg/l — 5 EN 237 Phosphorus content  ( 41 ) mg/l — 1,3 ASTM D 3231 Ethanol  ( 42 ) % v/v 9,0 10,0 EN 22854 ( 2 ) Equivalent EN/ISO methods will be adopted when issued for properties listed above. Type: Ethanol (E75) Parameter Unit Limits  ( 43 ) Test method  ( 44 ) Minimum Maximum Research octane number, RON   95 — EN ISO 5164 Motor octane number, MON   85 — EN ISO 5163 Density at 15 C kg/m 3 report EN ISO 12185 Vapour pressure kPa 50 60 EN ISO 13016-1 (DVPE) Sulphur content  ( 45 )  ( 46 ) mg/kg — 10 EN ISO 20846 EN ISO 20884 Oxidation stability minutes 360 — EN ISO 7536 Existent gum content (solvent washed) mg/100ml — 4 EN ISO 6246 Appearance shall be determined at ambient temperature or 15 C whichever is higher   Clear and bright, visibly free of suspended or precipitated contaminants Visual inspection Ethanol and higher alcohols  ( 47 ) % (V/V) 70 80 EN 1601 EN 13132 EN 14517 Higher alcohols (C 3 – C 8 ) % (V/V) — 2   Methanol   — 0,5   Petrol  ( 48 ) % (V/V) Balance EN 228 Phosphorus mg/l 0,30  ( 49 ) EN 15487 ASTM D 3231 Water content % (V/V) — 0,3 ASTM E 1064 EN 15489 Inorganic chloride content mg/l — 1 ISO 6227 — EN 15492 pHe   6,50 9 ASTM D 6423 EN 15490 Copper strip corrosion (3h at 50 C) Rating Class 1   EN ISO 2160 Acidity (as acetic acid CH 3 COOH) % (m/m)   0,005 ASTM D1613 EN 15491 mg/l   40 Carbon/hydrogen ration   report   Carbon/oxygen ration   report   ( 1 )   The values quoted in the specifications are ‘true values’. In establishment of their limit values the terms of ISO 4259 Petroleum products - Determination and application of precision data in relation to methods of test have been applied and in fixing a minimum value, a minimum difference of 2R above zero has been taken into account; in fixing a maximum and minimum value, the minimum difference is 4R (R = reproducibility). Notwithstanding this measure, which is necessary for technical reasons, the manufacturer of fuels shall nevertheless aim at a zero value where the stipulated maximum value is 2R and at the mean value in the case of quotations of maximum and minimum limits. Should it be necessary to clarify whether a fuel meets the requirements of the specifications, the terms of ISO 4259 shall be applied. ( 2 )   A correction factor of 0,2 for MON and RON shall be subtracted for the calculation of the final result in accordance with EN 228:2008. ( 3 )   A correction factor of 0,2 for MON and RON shall be subtracted for the calculation of the final result in accordance with EN 228:2008. ( 4 )   The fuel may contain oxidation inhibitors and metal deactivators normally used to stabilise refinery gasoline streams, but detergent/dispersive additives and solvent oils shall not be added. ( 5 )   Ethanol is the only oxygenate that shall be intentionally added to the reference fuel. The Ethanol used shall conform to EN 15376. ( 6 )   The actual sulphur content of the fuel used for the Type 1 test shall be reported. ( 7 )   There shall be no intentional addition of compounds containing phosphorus, iron, manganese, or lead to this reference fuel. ( 8 )   Ethanol is the only oxygenate that shall be intentionally added to the reference fuel. The Ethanol used shall conform to EN 15376. ( 9 )   The values quoted in the specifications are ‘true values’. In establishment of their limit values the terms of ISO 4259 Petroleum products — Determination and application of precision data in relation to methods of test have been applied and in fixing a minimum value, a minimum difference of 2R above zero has been taken into account; in fixing a maximum and minimum value, the minimum difference is 4R (R = reproducibility). Notwithstanding this measure, which is necessary for technical reasons, the manufacturer of fuels shall nevertheless aim at a zero value where the stipulated maximum value is 2R and at the mean value in the case of quotations of maximum and minimum limits. Should it be necessary to clarify whether a fuel meets the requirements of the specifications, the terms of ISO 4259 shall be applied. ( 10 )   In cases of dispute, the procedures for resolving the dispute and interpretation of the results based on test method precision, described in EN ISO 4259 shall be used. ( 11 )   In cases of national dispute concerning sulphur content, either EN ISO 20846 or EN ISO 20884 shall be called up similar to the reference in the national annex of EN 228. ( 12 )   The actual sulphur content of the fuel used for the Type 1 test shall be reported. ( 13 )   Ethanol to meet specification of EN 15376 is the only oxygenate that shall be intentionally added to this reference fuel. ( 14 )   The unleaded petrol content can be determined as 100 minus the sum of the percentage content of water and alcohols ( 15 )   There shall be no intentional addition of compounds containing phosphorus, iron, manganese, or lead to this reference fuel. ( 16 )   This method may not accurately determine the presence of corrosive materials if the sample contains corrosion inhibitors or other chemicals which diminish the corrosivity of the sample to the copper strip. Therefore, the addition of such compounds for the sole purpose of biasing the test method is prohibited. ( 17 )   Inerts (different from N 2 ) + C 2 + C 2+ . ( 18 )   Value to be determined at 293,2 K (20 C) and 101,3 kPa. ( 19 )   Value to be determined at 273,2 K (0 C) and 101,3 kPa. ( 20 )   Inerts (different from N 2 ) + C 2 ; + C 2+ . ( 21 )   Value to be determined at 293,2 K (20 C) and 101,3 kPa. ( 22 )   Value to be determined at 273,2 K (0 C) and 101,3 kPa. ( 23 )   Not to be condensed. ( 24 )   Combined water, oxygen, nitrogen and argon: 1,900 μmol/mol. ( 25 )   Combined water, oxygen, nitrogen and argon: 1,900 μmol/mol. ( 26 )   Combined water, oxygen, nitrogen and argon: 1,900 μmol/mol. ( 27 )   Combined water, oxygen, nitrogen and argon: 1,900 μmol/mol. ( 28 )   The hydrogen shall not contain dust, sand, dirt, gums, oils, or other substances in an amount sufficient to damage the fuelling station equipment or the vehicle (engine) being fuelled. ( 29 )   The values quoted in the specifications are ‘true values’. In establishment of their limit values the terms of ISO 4259 Petroleum products – Determination and application of precision data in relation to methods of test have been applied and in fixing a minimum value, a minimum difference of 2R above zero has been taken into account; in fixing a maximum and minimum value, the minimum difference is 4R (R = reproducibility). Notwithstanding this measure, which is necessary for technical reasons, the manufacturer of fuels shall nevertheless aim at a zero value where the stipulated maximum value is 2R and at the mean value in the case of quotations of maximum and minimum limits. Should it be necessary to clarify whether a fuel meets the requirements of the specifications, the terms of ISO 4259 shall be applied. ( 30 )   The range for cetane number is not in accordance with the requirements of a minimum range of 4R. However, in the case of a dispute between fuel supplier and fuel user, the terms of ISO 4259 may be used to resolve such disputes provided replicate measurements, of sufficient number to archive the necessary precision, are made in preference to single determinations. ( 31 )   Even though oxidation stability is controlled, it is likely that shelf life will be limited. Advice shall be sought from the supplier as to storage conditions and life. ( 32 )   FAME content to meet the specification of EN 14214. ( 33 )   The hydrogen fuel index is determined by subtracting the total content of non-hydrogen gaseous constituents listed in the table (Total gases), expressed in mole percent, from 100 mole percent. It is less than the sum of the maximum allowable limits of all non-hydrogen constituents shown in the Table. ( 34 )   The value of total gases is summation of the values of the non-hydrogen constituents listed in the table, except the particulates. ( 35 )   The values quoted in the specifications are ‘true values’. In establishment of their limit values the terms of ISO 4259 Petroleum products - Determination and application of precision data in relation to methods of test have been applied and in fixing a minimum value, a minimum difference of 2R above zero has been taken into account; in fixing a maximum and minimum value, the minimum difference is 4R (R = reproducibility). Notwithstanding this measure, which is necessary for technical reasons, the manufacturer of fuels shall nevertheless aim at a zero value where the stipulated maximum value is 2R and at the mean value in the case of quotations of maximum and minimum limits. Should it be necessary to clarify whether a fuel meets the requirements of the specifications, the terms of ISO 4259 shall be applied. ( 36 )   A correction factor of 0,2 for MON and RON shall be subtracted for the calculation of the final result in accordance with EN 228:2008. ( 37 )   A correction factor of 0,2 for MON and RON shall be subtracted for the calculation of the final result in accordance with EN 228:2008. ( 38 )   The fuel may contain oxidation inhibitors and metal deactivators normally used to stabilise refinery gasoline streams, but detergent/dispersive additives and solvent oils shall not be added. ( 39 )   Ethanol is the only oxygenate that shall be intentionally added to the reference fuel. The ethanol used shall conform to EN 15376. ( 40 )   The actual sulphur content of the fuel used for the Type 6 test shall be reported. ( 41 )   There shall be no intentional addition of compounds containing phosphorus, iron, manganese, or lead to this reference fuel. ( 42 )   Ethanol is the only oxygenate that shall be intentionally added to the reference fuel. The ethanol used shall conform to EN 15376. ( 43 )   The values referred to in the specifications are ‘true values’. When establishing the value limits, the terms of ISO 4259 Petroleum products — Determination and application of precision data in relation to methods of test were applied. When fixing a minimum value, a minimum difference of 2R above zero was taken into account. When fixing a maximum and minimum value, the minimum difference used was 4R (R = reproducibility). Notwithstanding this procedure, which is necessary for technical reasons, fuel manufacturers shall aim for a zero value where the stipulated maximum value is 2R and for the mean value for quotations of maximum and minimum limits. Where it is necessary to clarify whether fuel meets the requirements of the specifications, the ISO 4259 terms shall be applied. ( 44 )   In cases of dispute, the procedures for resolving the dispute and interpretation of the results based on test method precision, described in EN ISO 4259 shall be used. ( 45 )   In cases of national dispute concerning sulphur content, either EN ISO 20846 or EN ISO 20884 shall be called up similar to the reference in the national annex of EN 228. ( 46 )   The actual sulphur content of the fuel used for the Type 6 test shall be reported. ( 47 )   Ethanol to meet specification of EN 15376 is the only oxygenate that shall be intentionally added to this reference fuel. ( 48 )   The unleaded petrol content may be determined as 100 minus the sum of the percentage content of water and alcohols. ( 49 )   There shall be no intentional addition of compounds containing phosphorus, iron, manganese, or lead to this reference fuel.

ANNEX XSupplementary provisions

ANNEX X Reserved

ANNEX XISupplementary provisions

ANNEX XI ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS (OBD) FOR MOTOR VEHICLES 1.   INTRODUCTION 1.1. This Annex sets out the functional aspects of on-board diagnostic (OBD) systems for the control of emissions from motor vehicles. 2.   DEFINITIONS, REQUIREMENTS AND TESTS 2.1. The definitions, requirements and tests for OBD systems are those specified in Sections 2 and 3 of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The exceptions to these requirements are described in the following sections. 2.1.1. The introductory text to paragraph 2. of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following text: ‘For the purposes of this Annex only:’ 2.1.2. Paragraph 2.10. of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following text: ‘A “ driving cycle ” consists of engine key on, a driving mode where a malfunction would be detected if present, and engine key-off’. 2.1.3. A new paragraph 3.2.3. of Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be added as follows: ‘3.2.3. Identification of deterioration or malfunctions may be also be done outside a driving cycle (e.g. after engine shutdown).’ 2.1.4. Reference to ‘THC and NOx’ in paragraph 3.3.3.1. of Annex 11to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being reference to ‘NMHC and NOx’. 2.1.5. Reference to ‘limits’ in paragraphs 3.3.3.1. and 3.3.4.4. of Annex 11to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being reference to ‘OBD threshold limits’. 2.1.6. Reference to ‘emission limits’ in paragraph 3.3.5. of Annex 11to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being reference to ‘OBD threshold limits’. 2.1.7. Paragraphs 3.3.4.9. and 3.3.4.10. of Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be deleted. 2.1.8. New paragraphs 3.3.5.1. and 3.3.5.2. of Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be added as follows: ‘3.3.5.1. The following devices should however be monitored for total failure or removal (if removal would cause the applicable emission limits in paragraph 5.3.1.4. of this Regulation to be exceeded): (a) A particulate trap fitted to compression ignition engines as a separate unit or integrated into a combined emission control device; (b) A NOx after-treatment system fitted to compression ignition engines as a separate unit or integrated into a combined emission control device; (c) A diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) fitted to compression ignition engines as a separate unit or integrated into a combined emission control device. 3.3.5.2. The devices referred to in paragraph 3.3.5.1. shall also be monitored for any failure that would result in exceeding the applicable OBD threshold limits.’ 2.1.9. Paragraph 3.8.1. of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following text: ‘The OBD system may erase a fault code and the distance travelled and freeze-frame information if the same fault is not re-registered in at least 40 engine warm-up cycles or 40 driving cycles with vehicle operation in which the criteria specified in sections 7.5.1.(a)–(c) of Annex 11, Appendix 1 are met.’ 2.1.10. The reference to ISO DIS 15031 5 in paragraph 3.9.3.1. of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following text: ‘… the standard listed in paragraph 6.5.3.2.(a) of Annex 11, Appendix 1 of this Regulation.’ 2.1.11. A new paragraph 3.10 of Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be added as follows: ‘3.10. Additional provisions for vehicles employing engine shut - off strategies 3.10.1. Driving cycle 3.10.1.1. Autonomous engine restarts commanded by the engine control system following an engine stall may be considered a new driving cycle or a continuation of the existing driving cycle.’ 2.2. The Type V durability distance and Type V durability test mentioned in section 3.1 and 3.3.1 of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 respectively shall be understood as reference to the requirements of Annex VII to this Regulation. 2.3. The OBD threshold limits specified in section 3.3.2 of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation 83 shall be understood as reference to the requirements specified in points 2.3.1 and 2.3.2 below: 2.3.1. The OBD thresholds limits for vehicles that are type approved according to the Euro 6 emission limits set out in Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 from three years after the dates given in Article 10(4) and 10(5) of that Regulation are given in the following table: Final Euro 6 OBD threshold limits     Reference mass (RM) (kg) Mass of carbon monoxide Mass of non-methane hydrocarbons Mass of oxides of nitrogen Mass of particulate matter  ( 1 ) Number of particles  ( 1 )  ( 2 ) Category Class   (CO) (mg/km) (NMHC) (mg/km) (NO x ) (mg/km) (PM) (mg/km) (PN) (#/km)   PI CI PI CI PI CI CI PI CI PI M — All 1 900 1 750 170 290 90 140 12 12     N 1 I RM ≤ 1 305 1 900 1 750 170 290 90 140 12 12     II 1 305 < RM ≤ 1 760 3 400 2 200 225 320 110 180 12 12     III 1 760 < RM 4 300 2 500 270 350 120 220 12 12     N 2 — All 4 300 2 500 270 350 120 220 12 12     Key : PI = Positive Ignition, CI = Compression Ignition. 2.3.2. Until three years after the dates specified in Article 10(4) and (5) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 for new type approvals and new vehicles respectively, the following OBD threshold limits shall be applied to vehicles that are type approved according to the Euro 6 emission limits set out in Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007, upon the choice of the manufacturer: Preliminary Euro 6 OBD threshold limits     Reference mass (RM) (kg) Mass of carbon monoxide Mass of non-methane hydrocarbons Mass of oxides of nitrogen Mass of particulate matter  ( 3 ) Category Class   (CO) (mg/km) (NMHC) (mg/km) (NO x ) (mg/km) (PM) (mg/km)   PI CI PI CI PI CI CI PI M — All 1 900 1 750 170 290 150 180 25 25 N 1 I RM ≤ 1 305 1 900 1 750 170 290 150 180 25 25   II 1 305 < RM ≤ 1 760 3 400 2 200 225 320 190 220 25 25   III 1 760 < RM 4 300 2 500 270 350 210 280 30 30 N 2 — All 4 300 2 500 270 350 210 280 30 30 Key : PI = Positive Ignition, CI = Compression Ignition 2.4. The reference to the threshold limits in Section 3.3.3.1 of Annex 11 to UNECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to the threshold limits in Section 2.3 of this Annex. 2.5. The Type I test cycle referred to in paragraph 3.3.3.2. of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being the same as the Type 1 cycle that was used for at least two consecutive cycles after introduction of the misfire faults according to paragraph 6.3.1.2. of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. 2.6. The reference to the particulate threshold limits provided for by paragraph 3.3.2. in section 3.3.3.7 of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being reference to the particulate threshold limits provided in Section 2.3 of this Annex. 2.7. The reference to the Type I test cycle in section 2.1.3 of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as a reference to the type 1 test according to Regulation (EC) 692/2008 or Annex XXI of this Regulation, upon the choice of the manufacturer for each individual malfunction to be demonstrated. 3.   ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS FOR DEFICIENCIES OF OBD SYSTEMS 3.1. The administrative provisions for deficiencies of OBD systems as set out in Article 6(2) shall be those specified in Section 4 of Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 with the following exceptions. 3.2. Reference to OBD threshold limits in paragraph 4.2.2. of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being reference to the OBD threshold limits in Section 2.3 of this Annex. 3.3. Paragraph 4.6 of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being as follows: ‘The approval authority shall notify its decision in granting a deficiency request in accordance with Article 6(2).’ 4.   ACCESS TO OBD INFORMATION 4.1. Requirements for access to OBD information are specified in section 5 of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation 83. The exceptions to these requirements are described in the following sections. 4.2. References to Appendix 1 of Annex 2 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as references to Appendix 5 to Annex I to this Regulation. 4.3. References to section 3.2.12.2.7.6. of Annex 1 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as references to 3.2.12.2.7.6 of Appendix 3 to Annex I to this Regulation. 4.4. References to ‘contracting parties’ shall be understood as references to ‘member states’. 4.5. References to approval granted under Regulation 83 shall be understood as references to type-approval granted under this Regulation and Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. 4.6. UN/ECE type-approval shall be understood as EC type-approval. ( 1 )   Positive ignition particulate mass and particle number limits apply only to vehicles with direct injection engines. ( 2 )   Particle number limits may be introduced at a later date ( 3 )   Positive ignition particulate mass limits apply only to vehicles with direct injection engines.

ANNEX XIISupplementary provisions

ANNEX XII DETERMINATION OF CO 2 EMISSIONS, FUEL CONSUMPTION, ELECTRIC ENERGY CONSUMPTION AND ELECTRIC RANGE 1.   TYPE-APPROVAL OF VEHICLES FITTED WITH ECO-INNOVATIONS 1.1. According to Article 11(1) of Regulation (EU) No 725/2011 for M1 vehicles and Article 11(1) of Regulation (EU) No 427/2014 for N1 vehicles, a manufacturer wishing to benefit from a reduction of its average specific CO 2 emissions, as result of the savings achieved by one or more eco-innovations fitted in a vehicle, shall apply to an approval authority for an EC type-approval certificate of the vehicle fitted with the eco-innovation. 1.2. The CO 2 emissions savings from the vehicle fitted with an eco-innovation shall, for the purpose of type approval, be determined using the procedure and testing methodology specified in the Commission Decision approving the eco-innovation, in accordance with Article 10 of Regulation (EU) No 725/2011 for M1 vehicles, or Article 10 of Regulation (EU) No 427/2014 for N1 vehicles. 1.3. The performance of the necessary tests for the determination of the CO 2 emissions savings achieved by the eco-innovations shall be considered without prejudice to the demonstration of compliance of the eco-innovations with the technical prescriptions laid down in Directive 2007/46/EC, if applicable. 1.4. If the innovative technology does not meet the threshold of 1g CO 2 /km as specified in Article 9 of Regulation (EU) No 725/2011, the type approval certificate shall be issued without reference to the eco-innovation code or the CO 2 reductions achieved by the innovative technology. 2.   DETERMINATION OF CO 2 EMISSIONS AND FUEL CONSUMPTION FROM N 1 VEHICLES SUBMITTED TO MULTI-STAGE TYPE-APPROVAL 2.1. For the purpose of determining the CO 2 emissions and fuel consumption of a vehicle submitted to multi-stage type-approval, as defined in Article 3(7) of Directive 2007/46/EC, the procedures of Annex XXI apply. Specific provisions for multi-stage type approval are set in points 2.2 to 2.7 of this annex. 2.2. The road load shall be determined with the road load matrix family by using the parameters of a representative multi-stage vehicle which are set in paragraph 4.2.1.4 in Sub-Annex 4 of Annex XXI. 2.3. The calculation of road load and running resistance are based on a representative vehicle of a road load matrix family as set in paragraph 5.1 of Sub-Annex 4 of Annex XXI. 2.4. The manufacturer of the base vehicle shall test a representative multi-stage vehicle for CO 2 emission and fuel consumption and make available a calculation tool to establish, on the basis of the parameters of completed vehicles, their fuel consumption and CO 2 values as set in Sub-Annex 7 of Annex XXI. 2.5. The final fuel consumption and CO 2 values shall be calculated by the final-stage manufacturer on the basis of the parameters of the completed vehicle as set in paragraph 3.2.4 of Sub-Annex 7 of Annex XXI. 2.6. The manufacturer of the completed vehicle shall include, in the certificate of conformity, the information of the completed vehicles and add the information of the base vehicles in accordance with Annex IX to Directive 2007/46/EC. 2.7. In the case of vehicles submitted to individual vehicle approval, the individual approval certificate shall include the following information: (a) the CO 2 emissions measured according to the methodology set out in points 2.1 to 2.6 above; (b) the mass of the completed vehicle in running order; (c) the identification code corresponding to the type, variant and version of the base vehicle; (d) the type-approval number of the base vehicle, including the extension number; (e) the name and address of the manufacturer of the base vehicle; (f) the mass of the base vehicle in running order.

ANNEX XIIISupplementary provisions

ANNEX XIII EC TYPE-APPROVAL OF REPLACEMENT POLLUTION CONTROL DEVICES AS SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNIT 1.   INTRODUCTION 1.1. This Annex contains additional requirement for the type-approval as separate technical units of pollution control devices. 2.   GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2.1.    Marking Original replacement pollution control devices shall bear at least the following identifications: (a) the vehicle manufacturer’s name or trade mark; (b) the make and identifying part number of the original replacement pollution control device as recorded in the information mentioned in point 2.3. 2.2.    Documentation Original replacement pollution control devices shall be accompanied by the following information: (a) the vehicle manufacturer’s name or trade mark; (b) the make and identifying part number of the original replacement pollution control device as recorded in the information mentioned in point 2.3; (c) the vehicles for which the original replacement pollution control device is of a type covered by point 2.3 of the Addendum to Appendix 4 to Annex I, including, where applicable, a marking to identify if the original replacement pollution control device is suitable for fitting to a vehicle that is equipped with an on-board diagnostic (OBD) system; (d) installation instructions, where necessary. This information shall be available in the product catalogue distributed to points of sale by the vehicle manufacturer. 2.3.   The vehicle manufacturer shall provide to the technical service and/or approval authority the necessary information in electronic format which makes the link between the relevant part numbers and the type-approval documentation. This information shall contain the following: (a) make(s) and type(s) of vehicle, (b) make(s) and type(s) of original replacement pollution control device, (c) part number(s) of original replacement pollution control device, (d) type-approval number of the relevant vehicle type(s). 3.   EC SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNIT TYPE-APPROVAL MARK 3.1. Every replacement pollution control device conforming to the type approved under this Regulation as a separate technical unit shall bear an EC type-approval mark. 3.2. This mark shall consist of a rectangle surrounding the lower-case letter ‘e’ followed by the distinguishing number of the Member State which has granted the EC type-approval in accordance with the numbering system set out in Annex VII to Directive 2007/46/EC. The EC type- approval mark shall also include in the vicinity of the rectangle the ‘base approval number’ contained in section 4 of the type-approval number referred to in Annex VII to Directive 2007/46/EC, preceded by the two figures indicating the sequence number assigned to the latest major technical amendment to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 or this Regulation on the date EC type-approval for a separate technical unit was granted. For this Regulation, the sequence number is 00. 3.3. The EC type-approval mark shall be affixed to the replacement pollution control device in such a way as to be clearly legible and indelible. It shall, wherever possible, be visible when the replacement pollution control device is installed on the vehicle. 3.4. Appendix 3 to this Annex gives example of the EC type- approval mark. 4.   TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 4.1.   The requirements for the type-approval of replacement pollution control devices shall be those of Section 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 with the exceptions set out in sections 4.1.1 to 4.1.5. 4.1.1.   Reference to the ‘test cycle’ in Section 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 shall be understood as being the same Type I / Type 1 test and Type I / Type 1 test cycle as used for the original type approval of the vehicle. 4.1.2.   The terms ‘catalytic converter’ and ‘converter’ used in section 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 shall be understood to mean ‘pollution control device’ 4.1.3.   The regulated pollutants referred to throughout section 5.2.3 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 shall be replaced by all the pollutants specified in Annex 1, Table 2 of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 for replacement pollution control devices intended to be fitted to vehicles type approved to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. 4.1.4.   For replacement pollution control devices standards intended to be fitted to vehicles type approved to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007, the durability requirements and associated deterioration factors specified in section 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103, shall refer to those specified in Annex VII of this Regulation. 4.1.5.   Reference to Appendix 1 of the type-approval communication in section 5.5.3 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 shall be understood as reference to the addendum to the EC type-approval certificate on vehicle OBD information (Appendix 5 to Annex I). 4.2.   For vehicles with positive-ignition engines, if the NMHC emissions measured during the demonstration test of a new original equipment catalytic converter, under paragraph 5.2.1 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103, are higher than the values measured during the type-approval of the vehicle, the difference shall be added to the OBD threshold limits. The OBD threshold limits are specified in point 2.3 of Annex XI of this Regulation. 4.3.   The revised OBD threshold limits will apply during the tests of OBD compatibility set out in paragraphs 5.5 to 5.5.5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103. In particular, when the exceedance allowed in paragraph 1 of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 is applied. 4.4.    Requirements for replacement periodically regenerating systems 4.4.1.    Requirements regarding emissions 4.4.1.1. The vehicle(s) indicated in Article 11(3), equipped with a replacement periodically regenerating system of the type for which approval is requested, shall be subject to the tests described in paragraph 3 of Annex 13 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83, in order to compare its performance with the same vehicle equipped with the original periodically regenerating system. 4.4.1.2. Reference to the ‘Type I test’ and ‘Type I test cycle’ in paragraph 3. of Annex 13 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 and the ‘test cycle’ in Section 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 shall be understood as being the same Type I / Type 1 test and Type I / Type 1 test cycle as used for the original type approval of the vehicle. 4.4.2.    Determination of the basis for comparison 4.4.2.1. The vehicle shall be fitted with a new original periodically regenerating system. The emissions performance of this system shall be determined following the test procedure set out in paragraph 3 of Annex 13 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83. 4.4.2.1.1. Reference to the ‘Type I test’ and ‘Type I test cycle’ in paragraph 3. of Annex 13 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 and the ‘test cycle’ in Section 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 shall be understood as being the same Type I / Type 1 test and Type I / Type 1 test cycle as used for the original type approval of the vehicle. 4.4.2.2. Upon request of the applicant for the approval of the replacement component, the approval authority shall make available on a non-discriminatory basis, the information referred to in points 3.2.12.2.1.11.1 and 3.2.12.2.6.4.1 of the information document contained in Appendix 3 to Annex I to this Regulation for each vehicle tested. 4.4.3.    Exhaust gas test with a replacement periodically regeneration system 4.4.3.1. The original equipment periodically regenerating system of the test vehicle(s) shall be replaced by the replacement periodically regenerating system. The emissions performance of this system shall be determined following the test procedure set out in paragraph 3 Annex 13 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83. 4.4.3.1.1. Reference to the ‘Type I test’ and ‘Type I test cycle’ in paragraph 3. of Annex 13 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 and the ‘test cycle’ in Section 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 shall be understood as being the same Type I / Type 1 test and Type I / Type 1 test cycle as used for the original type approval of the vehicle. 4.4.3.2. To determine the D-factor of the replacement periodically regenerating system, any of the engine test bench methods referred to in paragraph 3 of Annex 13 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 may be used. 4.4.4.    Other requirements The requirements of paragraphs 5.2.3, 5.3, 5.4 and 5.5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 shall apply to replacement periodically regenerating systems. In these paragraphs the words ‘catalytic converter’ shall be understood to mean ‘periodically regenerating system’. In addition the exceptions made to these paragraphs in section 4.1 of this annex shall also apply to periodically regenerating systems. 5.   DOCUMENTATION 5.1. Each replacement pollution control device shall be clearly and indelibly marked with the manufacturer’s name or trade mark and accompanied by the following information: (a) the vehicles (including year of manufacture) for which the replacement pollution control device is approved, including, where applicable, a marking to identify if the replacement pollution control device is suitable for fitting to a vehicle that is equipped with an on-board diagnostic (OBD) system; (b) installation instructions, where necessary. The information shall be available in the product catalogue distributed to points of sale by the manufacturer of replacement pollution control devices. 6.   CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION 6.1.   Measures to ensure the conformity of production shall be taken in accordance with the provisions laid down in Article 12 of Directive 2007/46/EC. 6.2.    Special provisions 6.2.1. The checks referred to in point 2.2 of Annex X to Directive 2007/46/EC shall include compliance with the characteristics as defined under point 8 of Article 2 of this Regulation. 6.2.2. For the application of Article 12(2) of Directive 2007/46/EC, the tests described in section 4.4.1 of this Annex and section 5.2 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 (requirements regarding emissions) may be carried out. In this case, the holder of the approval may request, as an alternative, to use as a basis for comparison not the original equipment pollution control device, but the replacement pollution control device which was used during the type-approval tests (or another sample that has been proven to conform to the approved type). Emissions values measured with the sample under verification shall then on average not exceed by more than 15 % the mean values measured with the sample used for reference.

ANNEX XIVSupplementary provisions

ANNEX XIV Access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information 1.   INTRODUCTION 1.1. This Annex lays down technical requirements for the accessibility of vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information. 2.   REQUIREMENTS 2.1. Vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information available through websites shall follow the technical specifications of OASIS Document SC2-D5, Format of Automotive Repair Information, version 1.0, 28 May 2003  ( 1 ) and of Sections 3.2, 3.5, (excluding 3.5.2), 3.6, 3.7 and 3.8 of OASIS Document SC1-D2, Autorepair Requirements Specification, version 6.1, dated 10.1.2003  ( 2 ) , using only open text and graphic formats or formats which can be viewed and printed using only standard software plug-ins that are freely available, easy to install, and which run under computer operating systems commonly in use. Where possible, keywords in the meta data shall conform to ISO 15031-2. Such information shall be always available, except as required for web-site maintenance purposes. Those requiring the right to duplicate or re-publish the information should negotiate directly with the manufacturer concerned. Information for training material shall also be available, but may be presented through other media than web-sites. Information on all parts of the vehicle, with which the vehicle, as identified by the vehicle identification number (VIN) and any additional criteria such as wheelbase, engine output, trim level or options, is equipped by the vehicle manufacturer and which can be replaced by spare parts offered by the vehicle manufacturer to its authorised repairers or dealers or third parties by means of reference to original equipment (OE) parts number, shall be made available in a database easily accessible to independent operators. This database shall comprise the VIN, OE parts numbers, OE naming of the parts, validity attributes (valid-from and valid-to dates), fitting attributes and where applicable structuring characteristics. The information on the database shall be regularly updated. The updates shall include in particular all modifications to individual vehicles after their production if this information is available to authorised dealers. 2.2. Access to vehicle security features used by authorised dealers and repair shops shall be made available to independent operators under protection of security technology according to the following requirements: (i) data shall be exchanged ensuring confidentiality, integrity and protection against replay; (ii) the standard https//ssl-tls (RFC4346) shall be used; (iii) security certificates in accordance with ISO 20828 shall be used for mutual authentication of independent operators and manufacturers; (iv) the independent operator’s private key shall be protected by secure hardware. The Forum on Access to Vehicle Information provided for by paragraph 9 of Article 13 will specify the parameters for fulfilling these requirements according to the state-of-the-art. The independent operator shall be approved and authorised for this purpose on the basis of documents demonstrating that they pursue a legitimate business activity and have not been convicted of relevant criminal activity. 2.3. Reprogramming of control units shall be conducted in accordance with either ISO 22900 or SAE J2534, regardless of the date of type approval. For the validation of the compatibility of the manufacturer-specific application and the vehicle communication interfaces (VCI) complying to ISO 22900 or SAE J2534, the manufacturer shall offer either a validation of independently developed VCIs or the information, and loan of any special hardware, required for a VCI manufacturer to conduct such validation himself. The conditions of Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 apply to fees for such validation or information and hardware. 2.4. All emission-related fault codes shall be consistent with Appendix 1 to Annex XI. 2.5. For access to any vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information other than that relating to secure areas of the vehicle, registration requirements for use of the manufacturer’s web site by an independent operator shall require only such information as is necessary to confirm how payment for the information is to be made. For information concerning access to secure areas of the vehicle, the independent operator shall present a certificate in accordance with ISO 20828 to identify himself and the organisation to which he belongs and the manufacturer shall respond with his own certificate in accordance with ISO 20828 to confirm to the independent operator that he is accessing a legitimate site of the intended manufacturer. Both parties shall keep a log of any such transactions indicating the vehicles and changes made to them under this provision. 2.6. In the event that vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information available on a manufacturer’s website does not contain specific relevant information to permit the proper design and manufacture of alternative fuels retrofit systems, then any interested alternative fuels retrofit system manufacturer shall be able to access the information required in paragraphs 0, 2, and 3 of Appendix 3 to Annex Iby contacting the manufacturer directly with such a request. Contact details for that purpose shall be clearly indicated on the manufacturer’s website and the information shall be provided within 30 days. Such information need only be provided for alternative fuels retrofit systems that are subject to UN/ECE Regulation No 115  ( 3 ) or for alternative fuels retrofit components that form part of systems subject to UN/ECE Regulation No 115, and need only be provided in response to a request that clearly specifies the exact specification of the vehicle model for which the information is required and that specifically confirms that the information is required for the development of alternative fuels retrofit systems or components subject to UN/ECE Regulation No 115. 2.7. Manufacturers shall indicate in their repair information websites the type-approval number by model. 2.8. Manufacturers shall establish fees for hourly, daily, monthly, annual and per-transaction access to their repair and maintenance information websites, which are reasonable and proportionate. ( 1 )   Available at: http://www.oasis-open.org/committees/download.php/2412/Draft%20Committee%20Specification.pdf ( 2 )   Available at: http://lists.oasis-open.org/archives/autorepair/200302/pdf00005.pdf ( 3 )    OJ L 323, 7.11.2014, p. 91 .

ANNEX XVSupplementary provisions

ANNEX XV Reserved

ANNEX XVISupplementary provisions

ANNEX XVI REQUIREMENTS FOR VEHICLES THAT USE A REAGENT FOR THE EXHAUST AFTER-TREATMENT SYSTEM 1.   INTRODUCTION This Annex sets out the requirements for vehicles that rely on the use of a reagent for the after-treatment system in order to reduce emissions. The requirements shall be those specified in Appendix 6 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, with the following exception. The reference to Annex 1 in paragraph 4.1. of Appendix 6 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to Appendix 3 to Annex I to this Regulation.

ANNEX XVIISupplementary provisions

ANNEX XVII AMENDMENTS TO REGULATION (EC) No 692/2008 1. Appendix 3 to Annex I of Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 is hereby amended as follows: (a) Points 3. to 3.1.1. shall be amended to read: ‘3.   PROPULSION ENERGY CONVERTER (k) 3.1. Manufacturer of the propulsion energy converter(s): … 3.1.1. Manufacturer's code (as marked on the propulsion energy converter or other means of identification): …’ (b) Point 3.2.1.8. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.1.8. Rated engine power (n): … kW at … min –1 (manufacturer's declared value)’ (c) Point 3.2.2.2. shall be renumbered 3.2.2.1.1. and shall read as follows: ‘3.2.2.1.1. RON, unleaded: …’ (d) Point 3.2.4.2.1. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.4.2.1. System description (common rail/unit injectors/distribution pump etc.): …’ (e) Point 3.2.4.2.3. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.4.2.3. Injection/Delivery pump’ (f) Point 3.2.4.2.4. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.4.2.4. Engine speed limitation control’ (g) Point 3.2.4.2.9.3. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.4.2.9.3. Description of the system’ (h) Points 3.2.4.2.9.3.6. to 3.2.4.2.9.3.8. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.4.2.9.3.6. Make and type or working principle of water temperature sensor: … 3.2.4.2.9.3.7. Make and type or working principle of air temperature sensor: … 3.2.4.2.9.3.8. Make and type or working principle of air pressure sensor: …’ (i) Point 3.2.4.3.4.3. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.4.3.4.3. Make and type or working principle of air-flow sensor: …’ (j) Points 3.2.4.3.4.9. to 3.2.4.3.4.11. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.4.3.4.9. Make and type or working principle of water temperature sensor: … 3.2.4.3.4.10. Make and type or working principle of air temperature sensor: … 3.2.4.3.4.11. Make and type or working principle of air pressure sensor: …’ (k) Point 3.2.4.3.5. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.4.3.5. Injectors’ (l) Points 3.2.12.2. to 3.2.12.2.1. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.12.2. Pollution control devices (if not covered by another heading) 3.2.12.2.1. Catalytic converter’ (m) Points 3.2.12.2.1.11. to 3.2.12.2.1.11.10 shall be deleted (n) Points 3.2.12.2.2. to 3.2.12.2.2.5. shall be deleted and replaced with the following: ‘3.2.12.2.2. Sensors 3.2.12.2.2.1. Oxygen sensor: yes/no ( 1 ) 3.2.12.2.2.1.1. Make: … 3.2.12.2.2.1.2. Location: … 3.2.12.2.2.1.3. Control range: … 3.2.12.2.2.1.4. Type or working principle: … 3.2.12.2.2.1.5. Identifying part number: …’ (o) Points 3.2.12.2.4.1. to 3.2.12.2.4.2. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.12.2.4.1. Characteristics (make, type, flow, high pressure / low pressure / combined pressure, etc.): … 3.2.12.2.4.2. Water-cooled system (to be specified for each EGR system e.g. low pressure / high pressure / combined pressure: yes/no ( 1 )’ (p) Points 3.2.12.2.5. to 3.2.12.2.5.6. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.12.2.5. Evaporative emissions control system (petrol and ethanol engines only): yes/no ( 1 ) 3.2.12.2.5.1. Detailed description of the devices: … 3.2.12.2.5.2. Drawing of the evaporative emissions control system: … 3.2.12.2.5.3. Drawing of the carbon canister: … 3.2.12.2.5.4. Mass of dry charcoal: … g 3.2.12.2.5.5. Schematic drawing of the fuel tank with indication of capacity and material (petrol and ethanol engines only): … 3.2.12.2.5.6. Description and schematic of the heat shield between tank and exhaust system: …’ (q) Points 3.2.12.2.6.4. to 3.2.12.2.6.4.4. shall be deleted (r) Points 3.2.12.2.6.5. and 3.2.12.2.6.6. shall be renumbered to read: ‘3.2.12.2.6.4. Make of particulate trap: … 3.2.12.2.6.5. Identifying part number: …’ (s) Points 3.2.12.2.8. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.12.2.8. Other system: …’ (t) New points 3.2.12.2.10. to 3.2.12.2.11.8. shall be added as follows: ‘3.2.12.2.10. Periodically regenerating system: (provide the information below for each separate unit) 3.2.12.2.10.1. Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing: … 3.2.12.2.10.2. The number of Type 1 operating cycles, or equivalent engine test bench cycles, between two cycles where regenerative phases occur under the conditions equivalent to Type 1 test (Distance “D” in Figure A6.App1/1 in Appendix 1 to Sub-Annex 6 of Annex XXI to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 or figure A13/1 in Annex 13 to UN/ECE Regulation 83 (as applicable)): … 3.2.12.2.10.2.1. Applicable Type 1 cycle: (indicate the applicable procedure: Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4 or UN/ECE Regulation 83): … 3.2.12.2.10.3. Description of method employed to determine the number of cycles between two cycles where regenerative phases occur: … 3.2.12.2.10.4. Parameters to determine the level of loading required before regeneration occurs (i.e. temperature, pressure etc.): … 3.2.12.2.10.5. Description of method used to load system in the test procedure described in paragraph 3.1., Annex 13 to UN/ECE Regulation 83: … 3.2.12.2.11. Catalytic converter systems using consumable reagents (provide the information below for each separate unit) yes/no ( 1 ) 3.2.12.2.11.1. Type and concentration of reagent needed: … 3.2.12.2.11.2. Normal operational temperature range of reagent: … 3.2.12.2.11.3. International standard: … 3.2.12.2.11.4. Frequency of reagent refill: continuous/maintenance (where appropriate): 3.2.12.2.11.5. Reagent indicator: (description and location) 3.2.12.2.11.6. Reagent tank 3.2.12.2.11.6.1. Capacity: … 3.2.12.2.11.6.2. Heating system: yes/no ( 1 ) 3.2.12.2.11.6.2.1. Description or drawing 3.2.12.2.11.7. Reagent control unit: yes/no ( 1 ) 3.2.12.2.11.7.1. Make: … 3.2.12.2.11.7.2. Type: … 3.2.12.2.11.8. Reagent injector (make, type and location): …’ (u) Point 3.2.15.1. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.15.1. Type-approval number according to Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 ( OJ L 200, 31.7.2009, p. 1 )’ (v) Point 3.2.16.1. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.16.1. Type-approval number according to Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 ( OJ L 200, 31.7.2009, p. 1 )’ (w) Point 3.3. shall be amended to read: ‘3.3. Electric machine’ (x) Point 3.3.2. shall be amended to read: ‘3.3.2. REESS’ (y) Point 3.4. shall be amended to read: ‘3.4. Combinations of propulsion energy converters’ (z) Point 3.4.4. shall be amended to read: ‘3.4.4. Description of the energy storage device: (REESS, capacitor, flywheel/generator)’ (aa) Point 3.4.4.5. shall be amended to read: ‘3.4.4.5. Energy: … (for REESS: voltage and capacity Ah in 2 h, for capacitor: J, …)’ (bb) Point 3.4.5. shall be amended to read: ‘3.4.5. Electric machine (describe each type of electric machine separately)’ (cc) Point 3.5. shall be amended to read: ‘3.5. Manufacturer’s declared values for determination of CO 2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric consumption/electric range and details of eco-innovations (where applicable)( o )’ (dd) Point 4.4. shall be amended to read: ‘4.4. Clutch(es)’ (ee) Point 4.6. shall be amended to read: ‘4.6. Gear ratios Gear Internal gearbox ratios (ratios of engine to gearbox output shaft revolutions) Final drive ratio(s) (ratio of gearbox output shaft to driven wheel revolutions) Total gear ratios Maximum for CVT       1       2       3       …       Minimum for CVT’       (ff) Point 6.6. to 6.6.3. shall be replaced as follows: ‘6.6. Tyres and wheels 6.6.1. Tyre/wheel combination(s) 6.6.1.1. Axles 6.6.1.1.1. Axle 1: … 6.6.1.1.1.1. Tyre size designation 6.6.1.1.2. Axle 2: … 6.6.1.1.2.1. Tyre size designation etc. 6.6.2. Upper and lower limits of rolling radii 6.6.2.1. Axle 1: … 6.6.2.2. Axle 2: … etc. 6.6.3. Tyre pressure(s) as recommended by the vehicle manufacturer: … kPa’ (gg) Point 9.1. shall be amended to read: ‘9.1. Type of bodywork using the codes defined in Part C of Annex II of Directive 2007/46/EC: …’ 2. In table 1 of Appendix 6 to Annex I of Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 the rows ZD to ZL and ZX, ZY are amended as follows: ‘ZD Euro 6c Euro 6-2 M, N1 class I PI, CI     31.8.2018 ZE Euro 6c Euro 6-2 N1 class II PI, CI     31.8.2019 ZF Euro 6c Euro 6-2 N1 class III, N2 PI, CI     31.8.2019 ZG Euro 6d-TEMP Euro 6-2 M, N1 class I PI, CI     31.8.2018 ZH Euro 6d-TEMP Euro 6-2 N1 class II PI, CI     31.8.2019 ZI Euro 6d-TEMP Euro 6-2 N1 class III, N2 PI, CI     31.8.2019 ZJ Euro 6d Euro 6-2 M, N1 class I PI, CI     31.8.2018 ZK Euro 6d Euro 6-2 N1 class II PI, CI     31.8.2019 ZL Euro 6d Euro 6-2 N1 class III, N2 PI, CI     31.8.2019 ZX n.a. n.a. All vehicles Battery full electric 1.9.2009 1.1.2011 31.8.2019 ZY n.a. n.a. All vehicles Battery full electric 1.9.2009 1.1.2011 31.8.2019 ZZ n.a. n.a. All vehicles using certificates according to point 2.1.1 of Annex I PI, CI 1.9.2009 1.1.2011 31.8.2019’

ANNEX XVIIISupplementary provisions

ANNEX XVIII SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING ANNEXES I, II, III, VIII AND IX TO DIRECTIVE 2007/46/EC Amendments to Annex I of Directive 2007/46/EC (1) Annex I of Directive 2007/46/EC is hereby amended as follows: (a) Point 2.6.1. shall be amended to read: ‘2.6.1. Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer, a rigid drawbar trailer or a centre-axle trailer, the mass on the coupling: (a) minimum and maximum for each variant: … (b) mass of each version (a matrix must be provided): …’ (b) Points 3. to 3.1.1. shall be amended to read: ‘3.   PROPULSION ENERGY CONVERTER (k) 3.1. Manufacturer of the propulsion energy converter(s): … 3.1.1. Manufacturer's code (as marked on the propulsion energy converter or other means of identification): …’ (c) Point 3.2.1.8. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.1.8. Rated engine power (n): … kW at … min –1 (manufacturer's declared value)’ (d) A new point 3.2.2.1.1. shall be added as follows: ‘3.2.2.1.1. RON, unleaded: …’ (e) Point 3.2.4.2.1. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.4.2.1. System description (common rail/unit injectors/distribution pump etc.): …’ (f) Point 3.2.4.2.3. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.4.2.3. Injection/Delivery pump’ (g) Point 3.2.4.2.4. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.4.2.4. Engine speed limitation control’ (h) Point 3.2.4.2.9.3. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.4.2.9.3. Description of the system’ (i) A new point 3.2.4.2.9.3.1.1. shall be added as follows: ‘3.2.4.2.9.3.1.1. Software version of the ECU: …’ (j) Points 3.2.4.2.9.3.6. to 3.2.4.2.9.3.8. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.4.2.9.3.6. Make and type or working principle of water temperature sensor: … 3.2.4.2.9.3.7. Make and type or working principle of air temperature sensor: … 3.2.4.2.9.3.8. Make and type or working principle of air pressure sensor: …’ (k) A new point 3.2.4.3.4.1.1. shall be added as follows: ‘3.2.4.3.4.1.1. Software version of the ECU: …’ (l) Point 3.2.4.3.4.3. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.4.3.4.3. Make and type or working principle of air-flow sensor: …’ (m) Points 3.2.4.3.4.9. to 3.2.4.3.4.11. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.4.3.4.9. Make and type or working principle of water temperature sensor: … 3.2.4.3.4.10. Make and type or working principle of air temperature sensor: … 3.2.4.3.4.11. Make and type or working principle of air pressure sensor: …’ (n) Point 3.2.4.3.5. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.4.3.5. Injectors’ (o) New points 3.2.4.4.2. and 3.2.4.4.3. shall be added as follows: ‘3.2.4.4.2. Make(s): …. 3.2.4.4.3. Type(s): …’ (p) Points 3.2.12.2. to 3.2.12.2.1. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.12.2. Pollution control devices (if not covered by another heading) 3.2.12.2.1. Catalytic converter’ (q) Points 3.2.12.2.1.11. to 3.2.12.2.1.11.10 shall be deleted and replaced with the following new point: ‘3.2.12.2.1.11. Normal operating temperature range: … °C’ (r) Points 3.2.12.2.2. to 3.2.12.2.2.5. shall be deleted and replaced with the following: ‘3.2.12.2.2. Sensors 3.2.12.2.2.1. Oxygen sensor: yes/no ( 1 ) 3.2.12.2.2.1.1. Make: … 3.2.12.2.2.1.2. Location: … 3.2.12.2.2.1.3. Control range: …. 3.2.12.2.2.1.4. Type or working principle: … 3.2.12.2.2.1.5. Identifying part number: … 3.2.12.2.2.2. NOx sensor: yes/no ( 1 ) 3.2.12.2.2.2.1. Make: … 3.2.12.2.2.2.2. Type: … 3.2.12.2.2.2.3. Location: … 3.2.12.2.2.3. Particulate sensor: yes/no ( 1 ) 3.2.12.2.2.3.1. Make: … 3.2.12.2.2.3.2. Type: … 3.2.12.2.2.3.3. Location: …’ (s) Points 3.2.12.2.4.1. to 3.2.12.2.4.2. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.12.2.4.1. Characteristics (make, type, flow, high pressure / low pressure / combined pressure, etc.): … 3.2.12.2.4.2. Water-cooled system (to be specified for each EGR system e.g. low pressure / high pressure / combined pressure: yes/no ( 1 )’ (t) Points 3.2.12.2.5. to 3.2.12.2.5.6. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.12.2.5. Evaporative emissions control system (petrol and ethanol engines only): yes/no ( 1 ) 3.2.12.2.5.1. Detailed description of the devices: …. 3.2.12.2.5.2. Drawing of the evaporative control system: … 3.2.12.2.5.3. Drawing of the carbon canister: … 3.2.12.2.5.4. Mass of dry charcoal: … g 3.2.12.2.5.5. Schematic drawing of the fuel tank with indication of capacity and material (petrol and ethanol engines only): … 3.2.12.2.5.6. Description and schematic of the heat shield between tank and exhaust system: …’ (u) Points 3.2.12.2.6.4. to 3.2.12.2.6.4.4. shall be deleted (v) Points 3.2.12.2.6.5. and 3.2.12.2.6.6. shall be renumbered to read: ‘3.2.12.2.6.4. Make of particulate trap: … 3.2.12.2.6.5. Identifying part number: …’ (w) Points 3.2.12.2.7. to 3.2.12.2.7.0.6. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.12.2.7. On-board-diagnostic (OBD) system: yes/no ( 1 ): … 3.2.12.2.7.0.1. (Euro VI only) Number of OBD engine families within the engine family 3.2.12.2.7.0.2. (Euro VI only) List of the OBD engine families (when applicable) 3.2.12.2.7.0.3. (Euro VI only) Number of the OBD engine family the parent engine / the engine member belongs to: … 3.2.12.2.7.0.4. (Euro VI only) Manufacturer references of the OBD-Documentation required by Article 5(4)(c) and Article 9(4) of Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 and specified in Annex X to that Regulation for the purpose of approving the OBD system 3.2.12.2.7.0.5. (Euro VI only) When appropriate, manufacturer reference of the Documentation for installing in a vehicle an OBD equipped engine system 3.2.12.2.7.0.6. (Euro VI only) When appropriate, manufacturer reference of the documentation package related to the installation on the vehicle of the OBD system of an approved engine’ (x) In point 3.2.12.2.7.6.4.1. the heading ‘Low-duty vehicles’ shall be replaced with ‘Light-duty vehicles’ (y) Points 3.2.12.2.8. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.12.2.8. Other system: …’ (z) New points 3.2.12.2.8.2.3. to 3.2.12.2.8.2.5. are added as follows: ‘3.2.12.2.8.2.3. Type of inducement system: no engine restart after countdown/no start after refuelling/fuel-lockout/performance restriction 3.2.12.2.8.2.4. Description of the inducement system 3.2.12.2.8.2.5. Equivalent to the average driving range of the vehicle with a complete tank of fuel: … km’ (aa) A new point 3.2.12.2.8.4. shall be added as follows: ‘3.2.12.2.8.4. (Euro VI only) List of the OBD engine families (when applicable): …’ (bb) New points 3.2.12.2.10. to 3.2.12.2.11.8. shall be added as follows: ‘3.2.12.2.10. Periodically regenerating system: (provide the information below for each separate unit) 3.2.12.2.10.1. Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing: …. 3.2.12.2.10.2. The number of Type 1 operating cycles, or equivalent engine test bench cycles, between two cycles where regenerative phases occur under the conditions equivalent to Type 1 test (Distance “D” in Figure A6.App1/1 in Appendix 1 to Sub-Annex 6 of Annex XXI to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 or figure A13/1 in Annex 13 to UN/ECE Regulation 83 (as applicable)): … 3.2.12.2.10.2.1. Applicable Type 1 cycle (indicate the applicable procedure: Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4 or UN/ECE Regulation 83): … 3.2.12.2.10.3. Description of method employed to determine the number of cycles between two cycles where regenerative phases occur: … 3.2.12.2.10.4. Parameters to determine the level of loading required before regeneration occurs (i.e. temperature, pressure etc.): … 3.2.12.2.10.5. Description of method used to load system in the test procedure described in paragraph 3.1., Annex 13 to UN/ECE Regulation 83: …. 3.2.12.2.11. Catalytic converter systems using consumable reagents (provide the information below for each separate unit) yes/no ( 1 ) 3.2.12.2.11.1. Type and concentration of reagent needed: … 3.2.12.2.11.2. Normal operational temperature range of reagent: … 3.2.12.2.11.3. International standard: … 3.2.12.2.11.4. Frequency of reagent refill: continuous/maintenance (where appropriate): 3.2.12.2.11.5. Reagent indicator (description and location): … 3.2.12.2.11.6. Reagent tank 3.2.12.2.11.6.1. Capacity: … 3.2.12.2.11.6.2. Heating system: yes/no 3.2.12.2.11.6.2.1. Description or drawing: … 3.2.12.2.11.7. Reagent control unit: yes/no ( 1 ) 3.2.12.2.11.7.1. Make: … 3.2.12.2.11.7.2. Type: … 3.2.12.2.11.8. Reagent injector (make type and location): …’ (cc) Point 3.2.15.1. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.15.1. Type-approval number according to Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 ( OJ L 200, 31.7.2009, p. 1 ): …’ (dd) Point 3.2.16.1. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.16.1. Type-approval number according to Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 ( OJ L 200, 31.7.2009, p. 1 ): …’ (ee) New points 3.2.20. to 3.2.20.2.4. shall be added as follows: ‘3.2.20. Heat storage information 3.2.20.1. Active heat storage device: yes/no 3.2.20.1.1. Enthalpy: … (J) 3.2.20.2. Insulation materials 3.2.20.2.1. Insulation material: … 3.2.20.2.2. Insulation volume: … 3.2.20.2.3. Insulation weight: … 3.2.20.2.4. Insulation location: …’ (ff) Point 3.3. shall be amended to read: ‘3.3. Electric machine’ (gg) Point 3.3.2. shall be amended to read: ‘3.3.2. REESS’ (hh) Point 3.4. shall be amended to read: ‘3.4. Combinations of propulsion energy converters’ (ii) Point 3.4.4. shall be amended to read: ‘3.4.4. Description of the energy storage device: (REESS, capacitor, flywheel/generator)’ (jj) Point 3.4.4.5. shall be amended to read: ‘3.4.4.5. Energy: … (for REESS: voltage and capacity Ah in 2 h, for capacitor: J, …)’ (kk) Point 3.4.5. shall be amended to read: ‘3.4.5. Electric machine (describe each type of electric machine separately)’ (ll) Point 3.5. shall be amended to read: ‘3.5. Manufacturer's declared values for determination of CO 2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric consumption/electric range and details of eco-innovations (where applicable)(°)’ (mm) New points 3.5.7. to 3.5.8.3. are added as follows: ‘3.5.7. Manufacturer's declared values 3.5.7.1. Test vehicle parameters 3.5.7.1.1 Vehicle high 3.5.7.1.1.1. Cycle Energy Demand: … J 3.5.7.1.1.2. Road load coefficients 3.5.7.1.1.2.1. f0: … N 3.5.7.1.1.2.2. f1: …N/(km/h) 3.5.7.1.1.2.3. f2: …N/(km/h) 2 3.5.7.1.2. Vehicle Low (if applicable) 3.5.7.1.2.1. Cycle Energy Demand: … J 3.5.7.1.2.2. Road load coefficients 3.5.7.1.2.2.1. f0: … N 3.5.7.1.2.2.2. f1: …N/(km/h) 3.5.7.1.2.2.3. f2: …N/(km/h) 2 3.5.7.1.3. Vehicle M (if applicable) 3.5.7.1.3.1. Cycle Energy Demand: … J 3.5.7.1.3.2. Road load coefficients 3.5.7.1.3.2.1. f0: … N 3.5.7.1.3.2.2. f1: … N/(km/h) 3.5.7.1.3.2.3. f2: … N/(km/h) 2 3.5.7.2. Combined CO 2 mass emissions 3.5.7.2.1. CO 2 mass emission for ICE 3.5.7.2.1.1. Vehicle High: … g/km 3.5.7.2.1.2. Vehicle low (if applicable): … g/km 3.5.7.2.2. Charge Sustaining CO 2 mass emission for OVC-HEVs and NOVC-HEVs 3.5.7.2.2.1. Vehicle high: … g/km 3.5.7.2.2.2. Vehicle low (if applicable): … g/km 3.5.7.2.2.3. Vehicle M (if applicable): … g/km 3.5.7.2.3. Charge Depleting CO 2 mass emission for OVC-HEVs 3.5.7.2.3.1. Vehicle high: … g/km 3.5.7.2.3.2. Vehicle low (if applicable): … g/km 3.5.7.2.3.3. Vehicle M (if applicable): … g/km 3.5.7.3. Electric range for electrified vehicles 3.5.7.3.1. Pure Electric Range (PER) for PEVs 3.5.7.3.1.1. Vehicle high: … km 3.5.7.3.1.2. Vehicle low (if applicable): … km 3.5.7.3.2. All Electric Range AER for OVC-HEVs 3.5.7.3.2.1. Vehicle high: … km 3.5.7.3.2.2. Vehicle low (if applicable): … km 3.5.7.3.2.3. Vehicle M (if applicable): … km 3.5.7.4. Charge Sustaining fuel consumption (FCCS) for FCHVs 3.5.7.4.1. Vehicle high: … kg/100 km 3.5.7.4.2. Vehicle low (if applicable): … kg/100 km 3.5.7.4.3. Vehicle M (if applicable): … kg/100 km 3.5.7.5. Electric energy consumption for electrified vehicles 3.5.7.5.1. Combined electric energy consumption (ECWLTC) for Pure electric vehicles 3.5.7.5.1.1. Vehicle high: … Wh/km 3.5.7.5.1.2. Vehicle low (if applicable): … Wh/km 3.5.7.5.2. Utility factor weighted charge-depleting electric consumption ECAC,CD (combined) 3.5.7.5.2.1. Vehicle high: … Wh/km 3.5.7.5.2.2. Vehicle low (if applicable): … Wh/km 3.5.7.5.2.3. Vehicle M (if applicable): … Wh/km 3.5.8. Vehicle fitted with an eco-innovation within the meaning of Article 12 of Regulation (EC) No 443/2009 for M1 vehicles or Article 12 of Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 for N1 vehicles: yes/no ( 1 ) 3.5.8.1. Type/Variant/Version of the baseline vehicle as referred to in Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 725/2011 for M1 vehicles or Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 427/2014 for N1 vehicles (if applicable): … 3.5.8.2. Existence of interactions between different eco-innovations: yes/no ( 1 ) 3.5.8.3. Emissions data related to the use of eco-innovations (repeat the table for each reference fuel tested) (w1) Decision approving the eco-innovation ( w2 ) Code of the eco-innovation ( w3 ) 1. CO 2 emissions of the baseline vehicle (g/km) 2. CO 2 emissions of the eco-innovation vehicle (g/km) 3. CO 2 emissions of the baseline vehicle under type 1 test-cycle ( w4 ) 4. CO 2 emissions of the eco-innovation vehicle under type 1 test-cycle 5. Usage factor (UF), i.e. temporal share of technology usage in normal operation conditions CO 2 emissions savings ((1 – 2) – (3 – 4))*5 xxxx/201x                                               Total CO 2 emissions saving (g/km)( w5 )’   (nn) Point 4.4. shall be amended to read: ‘4.4. Clutch(es): …’ (oo) New points 4.5.1.1. to 4.5.1.5. shall be added as follows: ‘4.5.1.1. Predominant mode: yes/no ( 1 ) 4.5.1.2. Best mode (if no predominant mode): … 4.5.1.3. Worst mode (if no predominant mode): … 4.5.1.4. Torque rating: … 4.5.1.5. Number of clutches: …’ (pp) Point 4.6. shall be amended to read: ‘4.6. Gear ratios Gear Internal gearbox ratios (ratios of engine to gearbox output shaft revolutions) Final drive ratio(s) (ratio of gearbox output shaft to driven wheel revolutions) Total gear ratios Maximum for CVT       1       2       3       …       Minimum for CVT Reverse’       (qq) Point 6.6. to 6.6.5. shall be replaced as follows: ‘6.6. Tyres and wheels 6.6.1. Tyre/wheel combination(s) 6.6.1.1. Axles 6.6.1.1.1. Axle 1: … 6.6.1.1.1.1. Tyre size designation: … 6.6.1.1.1.2. Load-capacity index: … 6.6.1.1.1.3. Speed category symbol ( r ) 6.6.1.1.1.4. Wheel rim size(s): … 6.6.1.1.1.5. Wheel off-set(s): … 6.6.1.1.2. Axle 2: … 6.6.1.1.2.1. Tyre size designation: … 6.6.1.1.2.2. Load-capacity index: … 6.6.1.1.2.3. Speed category symbol: … 6.6.1.1.2.4. Wheel rim size(s): … 6.6.1.1.2.5. Wheel off-set(s): … etc. 6.6.1.2. Spare wheel, if any: … 6.6.2. Upper and lower limits of rolling radii 6.6.2.1. Axle 1: … mm 6.6.2.2. Axle 2: … mm 6.6.2.3. Axle 3: …mm 6.6.2.4. Axle 4: …mm etc. 6.6.3. Tyre pressure(s) as recommended by the vehicle manufacturer: … kPa 6.6.4. Chain/tyre/wheel combination on the front and/or rear axle that is suitable for the type of vehicle, as recommended by the manufacturer: … 6.6.5. Brief description of temporary use spare unit (if any): …’ (rr) Point 9.1. shall be amended to read: ‘9.1. Type of bodywork using the codes defined in Part C of Annex II of Directive 2007/46/EC: …’ (ss) Point 9.9.2.1. shall be amended to read: ‘9.9.2.1. Type and description of the device: …’ Amendments to Annex II of Directive 2007/46/EC (2) Annex II is hereby amended as follows: (a) At the end of the two points 1.3.1 and 3.3.1 of part B of Annex II defining the criteria for ‘vehicle versions’ for M1 and N1 vehicles each, the following text should be added: ‘ As an alternative to the criteria (h), (i) and (j), the vehicles grouped into a version shall have all tests performed for the calculation of their CO 2 emissions, electric energy consumption and fuel consumptions according to the provisions of sub-Annex 6 to Annex XXI of Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 in common. ’ (b) The following text shall be added at the end of point 3.3.1 of part B of Annex II ‘(k) the existence of a unique set of innovative technologies, as specified in Article 12 of Regulation (EU) No 510/2011  ( *1 ) . ( *1 )    OJ L 145 31.5.2011, p. 1 .’ " Amendments to Annex III of Directive 2007/46/EC (3) Annex III of Directive 2007/46/EC is hereby amended as follows: (a) Points 3. to 3.1.1. shall be amended to read: ‘3.   PROPULSION ENERGY CONVERTER (k) 3.1. Manufacturer of the propulsion energy converter(s): … 3.1.1. Manufacturer's code (as marked on the propulsion energy converter or other means of identification): …’ (b) Point 3.2.1.8. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.1.8. Rated engine power (n): … kW at … min –1 (manufacturer's declared value)’ (c) Points 3.2.12.2. to 3.2.12.2.1. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.12.2. Pollution control devices (if not covered by another heading) 3.2.12.2.1. Catalytic converter’ (d) Point 3.2.12.2.1.11. shall be deleted (e) Points 3.2.12.2.1.11.6. and 3.2.12.2.1.11.7. shall be deleted (f) Point 3.2.12.2.2. shall be deleted and replaced with the following new point: ‘3.2.12.2.2.1. Oxygen sensor: yes/no ( 1 )’ (g) Point 3.2.12.2.5. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.12.2.5. Evaporative emissions control system (petrol and ethanol engines only): yes/no ( 1 )’ (h) Point 3.2.12.2.8. shall be amended to read: ‘3.2.12.2.8. Other system’ (i) New points 3.2.12.2.10. to 3.2.12.2.10.1. shall be added as follows: ‘3.2.12.2.10. Periodically regenerating system: (provide the information below for each separate unit) 3.2.12.2.10.1. Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing: ….’ (j) A new point 3.2.12.2.11.1. shall be added as follows: ‘3.2.12.2.11.1. Type and concentration of reagent needed: …’ (k) Point 3.3. shall be amended to read: ‘3.3. Electric machine’ (l) Point 3.3.2. shall be amended to read: ‘3.3.2. REESS’ (m) Point 3.4. shall be amended to read: ‘3.4. Combinations of propulsion energy converters’ (n) Points 3.5.4 to 3.5.5.6. shall be deleted. (o) Point 4.6. shall be amended to read: ‘4.6. Gear ratios Gear Internal gearbox ratios (ratios of engine to gearbox output shaft revolutions) Final drive ratio(s) (ratio of gearbox output shaft to driven wheel revolutions) Total gear ratios Maximum for CVT       1       2       3       …       Minimum for CVT Reverse’       (p) Point 6.6.1.shall be amended to read: ‘6.6.1. Tyre/wheel combination(s)’ (q) Point 9.1. shall be amended to read: ‘9.1. Type of bodywork using the codes defined in Part C of Annex II of Directive 2007/46/EC: …’ Amendments to Annex VIII of Directive 2007/46/EC (4) Annex VIII of Directive 2007/46/EC is hereby amended as follows: ‘ANNEX VIII TEST RESULTS (To be completed by the type-approval authority and attached to the vehicle EC type-approval certificate) In each case, the information must make clear to which variant and version it is applicable. One version may not have more than one result. However, a combination of several results per version indicating the worst case is permissible. In the latter case, a note shall state that for items marked (*) only worst case results are given. 1.    Results of the sound level tests Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable to the approval. In case of a regulatory act with two or more implementation stages, indicate also the implementation stage: …. Variant/Version: … … … Moving (dB(A)/E): … … … Stationary (dB(A)/E): … … … at (min – 1 ): … … … 2.    Results of the exhaust emission tests 2.1.    Emissions from motor vehicles tested under the test procedure for light-duty vehicles Indicate the latest amending regulatory act applicable to the approval. In case the regulatory act has two or more implementation stages, indicate also the implementation stage: … Fuel(s)  ( 1 ) … (diesel, petrol, LPG, NG, Bi-fuel: petrol/NG, LPG, NG/biomethane, Flex-fuel: petrol/ethanol…) 2.1.1.   Type 1 test  ( 2 ) ,  ( 3 ) (vehicle emissions in the test cycle after a cold start) NEDC average values, WLTP highest values Variant/Version: … … … CO (mg/km) … … … THC (mg/km) … … … NMHC (mg/km) … … … NO x (mg/km) … … … THC + NO x (mg/km) … … … Mass of particulate matter (PM) (mg/km) … … … Number of particles (PN) (#/km) ( 1 ) … … … Ambient Temperature Correction Test (ATCT) ATCT Family Interpolation family Road Load Matrix family … … … … … … Family correction factors ATCT Family FCF … … … … 2.1.2.   Type 2 test  ( 4 ) ,  ( 5 ) (emissions data required at type-approval for roadworthiness purposes) Type 2, low idle test: Variant/Version: … … … CO (% vol.) … … … Engine speed (min –1 ) … … … Engine oil temperature (°C) … … … Type 2, high idle test: Variant/Version: … … … CO (% vol.) … … … Lambda Value … … … Engine speed (min –1 ) … … … Engine oil temperature (°C) … … … 2.1.3.   Type 3 test (emissions of crankcase gases): … 2.1.4.   Type 4 test (evaporative emissions): … g/test 2.1.5.   Type 5 test (durability of anti-pollution control devices): — Ageing distance covered (km)(e.g. 160 000 km): … — Deterioration factor DF: calculated/fixed  ( 6 ) — Values: Variant/Version: … … … CO … … … THC … … … NMHC … … … NO x … … … THC + NO x … … … Mass of particulate matter (PM) … … … Number of particles (PN) ( 1 ) … … … 2.1.6.   Type 6 test (average emissions at low ambient temperatures): Variant/Version: … … … CO (g/km) … … … THC (g/km) … … … 2.1.7.   OBD: yes/no  ( 7 ) 2.2.    Emissions from engines tested under the test procedure for heavy-duty vehicles. Indicate the latest amending regulatory act applicable to the approval. In case the regulatory act has two or more implementation stages, indicate also the implementation stage: … Fuel(s)  ( 8 ) … (diesel, petrol, LPG, NG, ethanol …) 2.2.1.   Results of the ESC test  ( 9 ) ,  ( 10 ) ,  ( 11 ) Variant/Version: … … … CO (mg/kWh) … … … THC (mg/kWh) … … … NO x (mg/kWh) … … … NH 3 (ppm) ( 1 ) … … … PM mass (mg/kWh) … … … PM number (#/kWh) ( 1 ) … … … 2.2.2.   Result of the ELR test  ( 12 ) Variant/Version: … … … Smoke value: … m –1 … … … 2.2.3.   Result of the ETC test  ( 13 ) ,  ( 14 ) Variant/Version: … … … CO (mg/kWh) … … … THC (mg/kWh) … … … NMHC (mg/kWh) ( 1 ) … … … CH 4 (mg/kWh) ( 1 ) … … … NO x (mg/kWh) … … … NH 3 (ppm) ( 1 ) … … … PM mass (mg/kWh) … … … PM number (#/kWh) ( 1 ) … … … 2.2.4.   Idle test  ( 15 ) Variant/Version: … … … CO (% vol.) … … … Lambda Value ( 1 ) … … … Engine speed (min –1 ) … … … Engine oil temperature (K) … … … 2.3.    Diesel smoke Indicate the latest amending regulatory act applicable to the approval. In case the regulatory act has two or more implementation stages, indicate also the implementation stage: … 2.3.1.   Results of the test under free acceleration Variant/Version: … … … Corrected value of the absorption coefficient (m –1 ) … … … Normal engine idling speed … … … Maximum engine speed … … … Oil temperature (min./max.) … … … 3.    Results of the CO 2 emission, fuel/electric energy consumption, and electric range tests Number of the base regulatory act and the latest amending regulatory act applicable to the approval: … 3.1.    Internal combustion engines, including not externally chargeable hybrid electric vehicles (NOVC)   ( 16 )   ( 17 ) Variant/Version: … … … CO 2 mass emission (urban conditions) (g/km) … … … CO 2 mass emission (extra-urban conditions) (g/km) … … … CO 2 mass emission (combined) (g/km) … … … Fuel consumption (urban conditions) (l/100 km)  ( 18 ) … … … Fuel consumption (extra-urban conditions) (l/100 km)  ( 19 ) … … … Fuel consumption (combined) (l/100 km)  ( 20 ) … … … Interpolation family identifier  ( 21 ) Variant/versions … … … … … … Road Load Matrix family identifier  ( 22 ) Variant/versions … … … … … … Results: Interpolation family identifier Road Load Matrix family identifier VH VM (if applicable) VL (if applicable) V representative CO 2 mass emission LOW phase (g/km) … … …   CO 2 mass emission MID phase (g/km) … … …   CO 2 mass emission HIGH phase (g/km) … … …   CO 2 mass emission EXTRA-HIGH phase (g/km) … … …   CO 2 mass emission (combined) (g/km) … … …   Fuel consumption LOW phase (l/100 km m 3 /100 km kg/100 km) … … …   Fuel consumption MID phase (l/100 km m 3 /100 km kg/100 km) … … …   Fuel consumption HIGH phase (l/100 km m 3 /100 km kg/100 km) … … …   Fuel consumption EXTRA-HIGH phase (l/100 km m 3 /100 km kg/100 km) … … …   Fuel consumption (combined) (l/100 km m 3 /100 km kg/100 km) … … …   f0 … … …   f1 … … …   f2 … … …   RR … … …   Delta Cd*A (for VL if applicable compared to VH) … … …   Test Mass … … …   Repeat for each interpolation or road load matrix family. 3.2.    Externally chargeable hybrid electric vehicles (OVC)   ( 23 ) Variant/Version: … … … CO 2 mass emission (Condition A, combined) (g/km) … … … CO 2 mass emission (Condition B, combined) (g/km) … … … CO 2 mass emission (weighted, combined) (g/km) … … … Fuel consumption (Condition A, combined) (l/100 km) ( g ) … … … Fuel consumption (Condition B, combined) (l/100 km) ( g ) … … … Fuel consumption (weighted, combined) (l/100 km) ( g ) … … … Electric energy consumption (Condition A, combined) (Wh/km) … … … Electric energy consumption (Condition B, combined) (Wh/km) … … … Electric energy consumption (weighted and combined) (Wh/km) … … … Pure electric range (km) … … … Interpolation family number Variant/versions … … … … … … Road Load Matrix family identifier Variant/versions … … … … … … Results: Interpolation family identifier Road Load Matrix family identifier VH VM (if applicable) VL (if applicable) V representative CS CO 2 mass emission LOW phase (g/km) …   …   CS CO 2 mass emission MID phase (g/km) …   …   CS CO 2 mass emission HIGH phase (g/km) …   …   CS CO 2 mass emission EXTRA-HIGH phase (g/km) …   …   CS CO 2 mass emission (combined) (g/km) …   …   CD CO 2 mass emission (combined) (g/km)         CO 2 mass emission (weighted, combined) (g/km)         CS Fuel consumption LOW phase (l/100 km) …   …   CS Fuel consumption MID phase (l/100 km) …   …   CS Fuel consumption HIGH phase (l/100 km) …   …   CS Fuel consumption EXTRA-HIGH phase (l/100 km) …   …   CS Fuel consumption (combined) (l/100 km) …   …   CD Fuel consumption (combined) (l/100 km) …   …   Fuel consumption (weighted, combined) (l/100 km) …   …   EC AC,weighted …   …   EAER (combined) …   …   EAER city …   …   f0 …   …   f1 …   …   f2 …   …   RR …   …   Delta Cd*A (for VL or VM compared to VH) …   …   Test Mass …   …   Frontal area of the representative vehicle (m 2 )         Repeat for each interpolation family. 3.3.    Pure electric vehicles   ( 24 ) Variant/Version: … … … Electric energy consumption (Wh/km) … … … Range (km) … … … Interpolation family number Variant/versions … … … … … … Road Load Matrix family identifier Variant/versions … … … … … … Results: Interpolation family identifier Matrix family identifier VH VL V representative Electric Consumption (Combined) (Wh/km) … …   Pure Electric Range (Combined) (km) … …   Pure Electric Range (City) (km) … …   f0 … …   f1 … …   f2 … …   RR … …   Delta Cd*A (for VL compared to VH) … …   Test Mass … …   Frontal area of the representative vehicle (m 2 )       3.4.    Hydrogen fuel cell vehicles   ( 25 ) Variant/Version: … … … Fuel consumption (kg/100 km) … … …   Variant/Version: Variant/Version: Fuel Consumption (Combined) (kg/100 km) … … f0 … … f1 … … f2 … … RR … … Test Mass …   3.5.    Output report(s) from the correlation tool in accordance with Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1152 Repeat for each interpolation or road load matrix family: Interpolation family identifier or road load matrix family [Footnote: “Type Approval Number + Interpolation Family Sequence number”]: … VH report: … VL report (if applicable): … V representative: … 4.    Results of the tests for vehicles fitted with eco-innovation(s)   ( 26 )   ( 27 )   ( 28 ) According to Regulation 83 (if applicable)   Variant/Version … Decision approving the eco-innovation  ( 29 ) Code of the eco-innovation  ( 30 ) Type 1/I cycle (NEDC/WLTP) 1. CO 2 emissions of the baseline vehicle (g/km) 2. CO 2 emissions of the eco-innovation vehicle (g/km) 3. CO 2 emissions of the baseline vehicle under Type 1 test-cycle  ( 31 ) 4. CO 2 emissions of the eco-innovation vehicle under Type 1 test-cycle (= 3.5.1.3 of Annex I) 5. Usage factor (UF) i.e. temporal share of technology usage in normal operation conditions CO 2 emissions savings ((1 – 2) – (3 – 4)) * 5 xxx/201x … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …   Total CO 2 emissions savings on NEDC(g/km)  ( 32 ) … According to Annex XXI of Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)   Variant/Version … Decision approving the eco-innovation  ( 33 ) Code of the eco-innovation  ( 34 ) Type 1/I cycle (NEDC/WLTP) 1. CO 2 emissions of the baseline vehicle (g/km) 2. CO 2 emissions of the eco-innovation vehicle (g/km) 3. CO 2 emissions of the baseline vehicle under Type 1 test-cycle  ( 35 ) 4. CO 2 emissions of the eco-innovation vehicle under Type 1 test-cycle 5. Usage factor (UF) i.e. temporal share of technology usage in normal operation conditions CO 2 emissions savings ((1 – 2) – (3 – 4)) * 5 xxx/201x … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …   Total CO 2 emissions savings on WLTP(g/km)  ( 36 )   4.1.    General code of the eco-innovation(s)   ( 37 ) : … Explanatory notes ( h ) Eco-innovations. Amendments to Annex IX of Directive 2007/46/EC (5) Annex IX of Directive 2007/46/EC is hereby replaced by the following text: ‘ANNEX IX EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY 0.   OBJECTIVES The certificate of conformity is a statement delivered by the vehicle manufacturer to the buyer in order to assure him that the vehicle he has acquired complies with the legislation in force in the European Union at the time it was produced. The certificate of conformity also serves the purpose to enable the competent authorities of the Member States to register vehicles without having to require the applicant to supply additional technical documentation. For these purposes, the certificate of conformity has to include: (a) the Vehicle Identification Number; (b) the exact technical characteristics of the vehicle (i.e. it is not permitted to mention any range of value in the various entries). 1.   GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1.1. The certificate of conformity shall consist of two parts. (a) SIDE 1, which consists of a statement of compliance by the manufacturer. The same template is common to all vehicle categories. (b) SIDE 2, which is a technical description of the main characteristics of the vehicle. The template of side 2 is adapted to each specific vehicle category. 1.2. The certificate of conformity shall be established in a maximum format A4 (210 × 297 mm) or a folder of maximum format A4. 1.3. Without prejudice to the provisions in Section O(b), the values and units indicated in the second part shall be those given in the type-approval documentation of the relevant regulatory acts. In case of conformity of production checks the values shall be verified according to the methods laid down in the relevant regulatory acts. The tolerances allowed in those regulatory acts shall be taken into account. 2.   SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2.1. Model A of the certificate of conformity (complete vehicle) shall cover vehicles which can be used on the road without requiring any further stage for their approval. 2.2. Model B of the certificate of conformity (completed vehicles) shall cover vehicles which have undergone a further stage for their approval. This is the normal result of the multi-stage approval process (e.g. a bus built by a second stage manufacturer on a chassis built by a vehicle manufacturer). The additional features added during the multi-stage process shall be described briefly. 2.3. Model C of the certificate of conformity (incomplete vehicles) shall cover vehicles which need a further stage for their approval (e.g. truck chassis). Except for tractors for semi-trailers, certificates of conformity covering chassis-cab vehicles belonging to category N shall be of Model C. PART I COMPLETE AND COMPLETED VEHICLES MODEL A1 — SIDE 1 COMPLETE VEHICLES EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY Side 1 The undersigned [… ( Full name and position )] hereby certifies that the vehicle: 0.1. Make (Trade name of manufacturer): … 0.2. Type: … — Variant  ( 1 ) : … — Version  ( 1 ) : … 0.2.1. Commercial name: … 0.4. Vehicle category: … 0.5. Company name and address of manufacturer: … 0.6. Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: … Location of the vehicle identification number: … 0.9. Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): … 0.10. Vehicle identification number: … conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… type-approval number including extension number ) issued on (… date of issue ) and can be permanently registered in Member States having right/left  ( 2 ) hand traffic and using metric/imperial  ( 3 ) units for the speedometer and metric/imperial  ( 3 ) units for the odometer (if applicable)  ( 4 ) . (Place) (Date): … (Signature): … MODEL A2 — SIDE 1 COMPLETE VEHICLES TYPE-APPROVED IN SMALL SERIES [Year] [Sequential number] EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY Side 1 The undersigned [… ( Full name and position )] hereby certifies that the vehicle: 0.1. Make (Trade name of manufacturer): … 0.2. Type: … — Variant  ( 1 ) : … — Version  ( 1 ) : … 0.2.1. Commercial name: … 0.4. Vehicle category: … 0.5. Company name and address of manufacturer: … 0.6. Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: … Location of the vehicle identification number: … 0.9. Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): … 0.10. Vehicle identification number: … conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… type-approval number including extension number ) issued on (… date of issue ) and can be permanently registered in Member States having right/left (b) hand traffic and using metric/imperial  ( 3 ) units for the speedometer and metric/imperial  ( 3 ) units for the odometer (if applicable)  ( 4 ) . (Place) (Date): … (Signature): … MODEL B — SIDE 1 COMPLETED VEHICLES EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY Side 1 The undersigned [… ( Full name and position )] hereby certifies that the vehicle: 0.1. Make (Trade name of the manufacturer): … 0.2. Type: … — Variant  ( 1 ) : … — Version  ( 1 ) : … 0.2.1. Commercial name: … 0.2.2. For multi-stage approved vehicles, type-approval information of the base/previous stages vehicle (list the information for each stage): — Type: … — Variant  ( 1 ) : … — Version  ( 1 ) : … Type-approval number, extension number … 0.4. Vehicle category: … 0.5. Company name and address of manufacturer: … 0.5.1. For multi-stage approved vehicles, company name and address of the manufacturer of the base/previous stage(s) vehicle… 0.6. Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: … Location of the vehicle identification number: … 0.9. Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): … 0.10. Vehicle identification number: … (a) has been completed and altered  ( 38 ) as follows: … and (b) conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… type-approval number including extension number ) issued on (… date of issue ) and (c) can be permanently registered in Member States having right/left  ( 2 ) hand traffic and using metric/imperial  ( 3 ) units for the speedometer and metric/imperial  ( 3 ) units for the odometer (if applicable)  ( 4 ) . (Place) (Date): … (Signature): … Attachments: Certificate of conformity delivered at each previous stage. SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORY M1 (complete and completed vehicles) Side 2 General construction characteristics 1. Number of axles: … and wheels: … 3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … … Main dimensions 4. Wheelbase  ( 5 ) : … mm 4.1. Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm 5. Length: … mm 6. Width: … mm 7. Height: … mm Masses 13. Mass in running order: … kg 13.2. Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg 16. Technically permissible maximum masses 16.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg 16.2. Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.4. Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg 18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of: 18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg 18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg 18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg 19. Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point: … kg Power plant 20. Manufacturer of the engine: … 21. Engine code as marked on the engine: … 22. Working principle: … 23. Pure electric: yes/no  ( 38 ) 23.1. Class of Hybrid [electric] vehicle: OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-FCHV/ NOVC-FCHV  ( 38 ) 24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: … 25. Engine capacity: … cm 3 26. Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/CNG-Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen  ( 38 ) 26.1. Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel  ( 38 ) 26.2. (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B  ( 38 ) 27. Maximum power 27.1. Maximum net power  ( 6 ) : … kW at … min –1 (internal combustion engine)  ( 38 ) 27.2. Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.3. Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.4. Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) Maximum speed 29. Maximum speed: … km/h Axles and suspension 30. Axle(s) track: 1. … mm 2. … mm 3. … mm 35. Tyre/wheel combination/Rolling Resistance Class (if applicable)  ( 8 ) : … Brakes 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic  ( 38 ) Bodywork 38. Code for bodywork  ( 9 ) : … 40. Colour of vehicle  ( 10 ) : … 41. Number and configuration of doors: … 42. Number of seating positions (including the driver)  ( 11 ) : … 42.1. Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: … 42.3. Number of wheelchair user accessible position: … Environmental performances 46. Sound level — Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min -1 — Drive-by: … dB(A) 47. Exhaust emission level  ( 12 ) : Euro … 47.1. Parameters for emission testing 47.1.1. Test mass, kg: … 47.1.2. Frontal area, m 2 : … 47.1.3. Road load coefficients 47.1.3.0. f0, N: 47.1.3.1. f1, N/(km/h): 47.1.3.2. f2, N/(km/h) 2 48. Exhaust emissions  ( 13 )   ( m1 )   ( m2 ) : Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … 1.1. test procedure: Type I or ESC  ( 38 ) CO: …. HC: ….. NO x: …. HC + NO x: …. Particulates: ….. Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m –1 ) 1.2. test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values) or WHSC (EURO VI)  ( 38 ) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NO x : … THC + NO x : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 2.1. test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … Particulates: … 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): …Particles (number): … 48.1. Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m –1 ) 49. CO 2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption  ( 13 )   ( 14 ) : 1.   all power trains, except pure electric vehicles (if applicable) NEDC values CO 2 emissions Fuel consumption in case of emission testing according to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 Urban conditions ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Extra-urban conditions ( 1 ): … g/km l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Combined ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Weighted ( 1 ), combined … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km Deviation factor (if applicable)   Verification factor (if applicable) “1” or “0” 2.   pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles (if applicable) Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined ( 1 ))   … Wh/km Electric range   … km 3.   Vehicle fitted with eco-innovation(s): yes/no  ( 38 ) 3.1. General code of the eco-innovation(s)  ( p1 ) : … 3.2. Total CO 2 emissions savings due to the eco-innovation(s)  ( p2 ) (repeat for each reference fuel tested): 3.2.1. NEDC savings: …g/km (if applicable) 3.2.2. WLTP savings: …g/km (if applicable) 4.   all power trains, except pure electric vehicle, under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable) WLTP values CO 2 emissions Fuel consumption Low ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Medium ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) High ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Extra High ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Combined: … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Weighted, combined ( 1 ) … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) 5.   Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable) 5.1.   Pure electric vehicles Electric energy consumption   … Wh/km Electric range   … km Electric range city   … km 5.2   OVC hybrid electric vehicles Electric energy consumption (EC AC,weighted )   … Wh/km Electric range (EAER)   … km Electric range city (EAER city)   … km Miscellaneous 51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex II Section 5: … 52. Remarks  ( 15 ) : … Additional tyre/wheel combinations: technical parameters (no reference to RR) SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORY M2 (complete and completed vehicles) Side 2 General construction characteristics 1. Number of axles: … and wheels: … 1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … 2. Steered axles (number, position): … 3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … … Main dimensions 4. Wheelbase  ( 5 ) : … mm 4.1. Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm 5. Length: … mm 6. Width: … mm 7. Height: … mm 9. Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device: … mm 12. Rear overhang: … mm Masses 13. Mass in running order: … kg 13.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 13.2. Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg 16. Technically permissible maximum masses 16.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg 16.2. Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.3. Technically permissible mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.4. Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg 17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in national/international traffic  ( 38 )   ( 16 ) 17.1. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg 17.2. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 17.3. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 17.4. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: … kg 18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of: 18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg 18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg 18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg 19. Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg Power plant 20. Manufacturer of the engine: … 21. Engine code as marked on the engine: … 22. Working principle: … 23. Pure electric: yes/no  ( 38 ) 23.1. Class of Hybrid [electric] vehicle: OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-FCHV/ NOVC-FCHV  ( 38 ) 24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: … 25. Engine capacity: … cm 3 26. Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/CNG-Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen  ( 38 ) 26.1. Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel  ( 38 ) 26.2. (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B  ( 38 ) 27. Maximum power 27.1. Maximum net power  ( 6 ) : … kW at … min –1 (internal combustion engine)  ( 38 ) 27.2. Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.3. Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.4. Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 28. Gearbox (type): … Maximum speed 29. Maximum speed: … km/h Axles and suspension 30. Axle(s) track: 1. … mm 2. … mm 3. … mm etc. 33. Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no  ( 38 ) 35. Tyre/wheel combination/Rolling Resistance Class (if applicable)  ( 8 ) : … Brakes 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic  ( 38 ) 37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar Bodywork 38. Code for bodywork  ( 9 ) : … 39. Class of vehicle: class I/Class II/Class III/Class A/Class B  ( 38 ) 41. Number and configuration of doors: … 42. Number of seating positions (including the driver)  ( 11 ) : … 42.1. Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: … 42.3. Number of wheelchair user accessible position: … 43. Number of standing places: … Coupling device 44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … 45.1. Characteristics values  ( 38 ) : D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: … Environmental performances 46. Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min –1 Drive-by: … dB(A) 47. Exhaust emission level  ( 12 ) : Euro … 47.1. Parameters for emission testing 47.1.1. Test mass, kg: … 47.1.2. Frontal area, m2: … 47.1.3. Road load coefficients 47.1.3.0. f0, N: 47.1.3.1. f1, N/(km/h): 47.1.3.2. f2, N/(km/h) 2 48. Exhaust emissions  ( 13 )   ( m1 )   ( m2 ) : Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … 1.1. test procedure: Type I or ESC  ( 38 ) CO: …. HC: ….. NO x: …. HC + NO x: …. Particulates: ….. Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m –1 ) 1.2. test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values) or WHSC (EURO VI)  ( 38 ) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NO x : … THC + NO x : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 2.1. test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … Particulates: … 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 48.1. Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m –1 ) 49. CO 2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption  ( 13 )   ( 14 ) : 1.   all power trains, except pure electric vehicles (if applicable) NEDC values CO 2 emissions Fuel consumption in case of emission testing under NEDC according to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 Urban conditions ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Extra-urban conditions ( 1 ): … g/km l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km( 1 ) Combined ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Weighted ( 1 ), combined … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km Deviation factor (if applicable)   Verification factor (if applicable) “1” or “0” 2.   pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles (if applicable) Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined ( 1 ))   … Wh/km Electric range   … km 3.   Vehicle fitted with eco-innovation(s): yes/no  ( 38 ) 3.1. General code of the eco-innovation(s)  ( p1 ) : … 3.2. Total CO 2 emissions savings due to the eco-innovation(s)  ( p2 ) (repeat for each reference fuel tested): 3.2.1. NEDC savings: …g/km (if applicable) 3.2.2. WLTP savings: …g/km (if applicable) 4.   all power trains, except pure electric vehicle, under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable) WLTP values CO 2 emissions Fuel consumption Low ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Medium ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) High ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Extra High ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Combined: … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Weighted, combined ( 1 ) … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) 5.   Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable) 5.1.   Pure electric vehicles Electric energy consumption   … Wh/km Electric range   … km Electric range city   … km 5.2   OVC hybrid electric vehicles Electric energy consumption (EC AC,weighted )   … Wh/km Electric range (EAER)   … km Electric range city (EAER city)   … km Miscellaneous 51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex II Section 5: … 52. Remarks  ( 15 ) : … SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORY M3 (complete and completed vehicles) Side 2 General construction characteristics 1. Number of axles: … and wheels: … 1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … 2. Steered axles (number, position): … 3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … … Main dimensions 4. Wheelbase  ( 5 ) : … mm 4.1. Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm 5. Length: … mm 6. Width: … mm 7. Height: … mm 9. Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device: … mm 12. Rear overhang: … mm Masses 13. Mass in running order: … kg 13.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 13.2. Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg 16. Technically permissible maximum masses 16.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg 16.2. Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.3. Technically permissible mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.4. Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg 17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in national/international traffic  ( 38 )   ( 16 ) 17.1. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg 17.2. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 17.3. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 17.4. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: … kg 18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of: 18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg 18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg 18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg 19. Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg Power plant 20. Manufacturer of the engine: … 21. Engine code as marked on the engine: … 22. Working principle: … 23. Pure electric: yes/no  ( 38 ) 23.1. Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no  ( 38 ) 24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: … 25. Engine capacity: … cm 3 26. Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/CNG-Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen  ( 38 ) 26.1. Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel  ( 38 ) 26.2. (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B  ( 38 ) 27. Maximum power 27.1. Maximum net power  ( 6 ) : … kW at … min –1 (internal combustion engine)  ( 38 ) 27.2. Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.3. Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.4. Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 28. Gearbox (type): … Maximum speed 29. Maximum speed: … km/h Axles and suspension 30.1. Track of each steered axle: … mm 30.2. Track of all other axles: … mm 32. Position of loadable axle(s): … 33. Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no  ( 38 ) 35. Tyre/wheel combination  ( 8 ) : … Brakes 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic  ( 38 ) 37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar Bodywork 38. Code for bodywork  ( 9 ) : … 39. Class of vehicle: class I/Class II/Class III/Class A/Class B  ( 38 ) 41. Number and configuration of doors: … 42. Number of seating positions (including the driver)  ( 11 ) : … 42.1. Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: … 42.2. Number of passenger seating positions: … (lower deck) … (upper deck) (including the driver) 42.3. Number of wheelchair user accessible position: … 43. Number of standing places: … Coupling device 44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … 45.1. Characteristics values  ( 38 ) : D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: … Environmental performances 46. Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min –1 Drive-by: … dB(A) 47. Exhaust emission level  ( 12 ) : Euro … 47.1. Parameters for emission testing 47.1.1. Test mass, kg: … 47.1.2. Frontal area, m2: … 47.1.3. Road load coefficients 47.1.3.0. f0, N: 47.1.3.1. f1, N/(km/h): 47.1.3.2. f2, N/(km/h) 2 48. Exhaust emissions  ( 13 )   ( m1 )   ( m2 ) : Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … 1.1. test procedure: ESC CO: … HC: … NO x : … HC + NO x : … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m –1 ) 1.2. test procedure: WHSC (EURO VI) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NO x : … THC + NO x : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 2.1. test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … Particulates: … 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 48.1. Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m –1 ) Miscellaneous 51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex II Section 5: … 52. Remarks  ( 15 ) : … SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORY N1 (complete and completed vehicles) Side 2 General construction characteristics 1. Number of axles: … and wheels: … 1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … 3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … … Main dimensions 4. Wheelbase  ( 5 ) : … mm 4.1. Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm 5. Length: … mm 6. Width: … mm 7. Height: … mm. 8. Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): … mm 9. Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device: … mm 11. Length of the loading area: … mm Masses 13. Mass in running order: … kg 13.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 13.2. Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg 14. Mass of the base vehicle in running order: … kg  ( 38 )   ( 17 ) 16. Technically permissible maximum masses 16.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg 16.2. Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.4. Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg 18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of: 18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg 18.2. Semi-trailer: … kg 18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg 18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg 19. Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg Power plant 20. Manufacturer of the engine: … 21. Engine code as marked on the engine: … 22. Working principle: … 23. Pure electric: yes/no  ( 38 ) 23.1. Class of Hybrid [electric] vehicle: OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-FCHV/ NOVC-FCHV  ( 38 ) 24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: … 25. Engine capacity: … cm 3 26. Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/CNG-Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen  ( 38 ) 26.1. Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel  ( 38 ) 26.2. (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B  ( 38 ) 27. Maximum power 27.1. Maximum net power  ( 6 ) : … kW at … min –1 (internal combustion engine)  ( 38 ) 27.2. Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.3. Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.4. Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 28. Gearbox (type): … Maximum speed 29. Maximum speed: … km/h Axles and suspension 30. Axle(s) track: 1. … mm 2. … mm 3. … mm 35. Tyre/wheel combination/Rolling Resistance Class (if applicable)  ( 8 ) : … Brakes 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic  ( 38 ) 37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar Bodywork 38. Code for bodywork  ( 9 ) : … 40. Colour of vehicle  ( 10 ) : … 41. Number and configuration of doors: … 42. Number of seating positions (including the driver)  ( 11 ) : … Coupling device 44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … 45.1. Characteristics values  ( 38 ) : D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: … Environmental performances 46. Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min –1 Drive-by: … dB(A) 47. Exhaust emission level  ( 12 ) : Euro … 47.1. Parameters for emission testing 47.1.1. Test mass, kg: … 47.1.2. Frontal area, m2: … 47.1.3. Road load coefficients 47.1.3.0. f0, N: 47.1.3.1. f1, N/(km/h): 47.1.3.2. f2, N/(km/h) 2 48. Exhaust emissions  ( 13 )   ( m1 )   ( m2 ) : Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … 1.1. test procedure: Type 1 or ESC  ( 38 ) CO: … HC: … NO x : … HC + NO x : … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m –1 ) 1.2. test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values) or WHSC (EURO VI)  ( 38 ) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NO x : … THC + NO x : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 2.1. test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … Particulates: … 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 48.1. Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m –1 ) 49. CO 2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption  ( 13 )   ( 14 ) : 1.   all power trains, except pure electric vehicles (if applicable) NEDC values CO 2 emissions Fuel consumption in case of emission testing according to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 Urban conditions ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Extra-urban conditions ( 1 ): … g/km l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Combined ( 1 ): … g/km … l l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Weighted ( 1 ), combined … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km Deviation factor (if applicable)   2.   pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles (if applicable) Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined ( 1 ))   … Wh/km Electric range   … km 3.   Vehicle fitted with eco-innovation(s): yes/no  ( 38 ) 3.1. General code of the eco-innovation(s)  ( p1 ) : … 3.2. Total CO 2 emissions saving due to the eco-innovation(s)  ( p2 ) (repeat for each reference fuel tested): 3.2.1. NEDC savings:…g/km (if applicable) 3.2.2. WLTP savings:…g/km (if applicable) 4.   all power trains except pure electric vehicles under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 WLTP values CO 2 emissions Fuel consumption Low ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Medium ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) High ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Extra High ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Combined: … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Weighted, combined ( 1 ) … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) 5.   Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable) 5.1.   Pure electric vehicles  ( 38 ) or (if applicable) Electric energy consumption   … Wh/km Electric range   … km Electric range city   … km 5.2   OVC hybrid electric vehicles  ( 38 ) or (if applicable) Electric energy consumption (EC AC,weighted )   … Wh/km Electric range (EAER)   … km Electric range city (EAER city)   … km Miscellaneous 50. Type-approved according to the design requirements for transporting dangerous goods: yes/class(es): …/no  ( 12 ) : 51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex II Section 5: … 52. Remarks  ( 15 ) : … List of tyres: technical parameters (no reference to RR) SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORY N2 (complete and completed vehicles) Side 2 General construction characteristics 1. Number of axles: … and wheels: … 1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … 2. Steered axles (number, position): … 3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … … Main dimensions 4. Wheelbase  ( 5 ) : … mm 4.1. Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm 5. Length: … mm 6. Width: … mm 7. Height: … mm 8. Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): … mm 9. Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device: … mm 11. Length of the loading area: … mm 12. Rear overhang: … mm Masses 13. Mass in running order: … kg 13.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 13.2. Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg 16. Technically permissible maximum masses 16.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg 16.2. Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.3. Technically permissible mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.4. Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg 17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in national/international traffic  ( 38 )   ( 16 ) 17.1. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg 17.2. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 17.3. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 17.4. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: … kg 18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of: 18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg 18.2. Semi-trailer: … kg 18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg 18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg 19. Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg Power plant 20. Manufacturer of the engine: … 21. Engine code as marked on the engine: … 22. Working principle: … 23. Pure electric: yes/no  ( 38 ) 23.1. Class of Hybrid [electric] vehicle: OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-FCHV/ NOVC-FCHV  ( 38 ) 24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: … 25. Engine capacity: … cm 3 26. Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/CNG-Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen  ( 38 ) 26.1. Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel  ( 38 ) 26.2. (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B  ( 38 ) 27. Maximum power 27.1. Maximum net power  ( 6 ) : … kW at … min –1 (internal combustion engine)  ( 38 ) 27.2. Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.3. Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.4. Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 28. Gearbox (type): … Maximum speed 29. Maximum speed: … km/h Axles and suspension 31. Position of lift axle(s): … 32. Position of loadable axle(s): … 33. Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no  ( 38 ) 35. Tyre/wheel combination/Rolling Resistance Class (if applicable)  ( 8 ) : … Brakes 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic  ( 38 ) 37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar Bodywork 38. Code for bodywork  ( 9 ) : … 41. Number and configuration of doors: … 42. Number of seating positions (including the driver)  ( 11 ) : … Coupling device 44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … 45.1. Characteristics values  ( 38 ) : D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: … Environmental performances 46. Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min –1 Drive-by: … dB(A) 47. Exhaust emission level  ( 12 ) : Euro … 47.1. Parameters for emission testing 47.1.1. Test mass, kg: … 47.1.2. Frontal area, m2: … 47.1.3. Road load coefficients 47.1.3.0. f0, N: 47.1.3.1. f1, N/(km/h): 47.1.3.2. f2, N/(km/h) 2 48. Exhaust emissions  ( 13 )   ( m1 )   ( m2 ) : Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … 1.1. test procedure: Type 1 or ESC  ( 38 ) CO: … HC: … NO x : … HC + NO x : … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m –1 ) 1.2. test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values) or WHSC (EURO VI)  ( 38 ) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NO x : … THC + NO x : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 2.1. test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … Particulates: … 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 48.1. Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m –1 ) 49. CO 2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption  ( 13 )   ( 14 ) : 1.   all power trains, except pure electric vehicles (if applicable) NEDC values CO 2 emissions Fuel consumption in case of emission testing according to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 Urban conditions ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Extra-urban conditions ( 1 ): … g/km l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Combined ( 1 ): … g/km … l l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km ( 1 ) Weighted ( 1 ), combined … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km Deviation factor (if applicable)   2.   pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles (if applicable) Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined ( 1 ))   … Wh/km Electric range   … km 3.   Vehicle fitted with eco-innovation(s): yes/no  ( 38 ) 3.1. General code of the eco-innovation(s)  ( p1 ) : … 3.2. Total CO 2 emissions saving due to the eco-innovation(s)  ( p2 ) (repeat for each reference fuel tested): 3.2.1. NEDC savings:…g/km (if applicable) 3.2.2. WLTP savings:…g/km (if applicable) 4.   all power trains except pure electric vehicles under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 WLTP values CO 2 emissions Fuel consumption Low ( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km( 1 ) Medium( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km( 1 ) High( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km( 1 ) Extra High( 1 ): … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km( 1 ) Combined: … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km( 1 ) Weighted, combined( 1 ) … g/km … l/100 km or m 3 /100 km or kg/100 km( 1 ) 5.   Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable) 5.1.   Pure electric vehicles  ( 38 ) or (if applicable) Electric energy consumption   … Wh/km Electric range   … km Electric range city   … km 5.2   OVC hybrid electric vehicles  ( 38 ) or (if applicable) Electric energy consumption (EC AC,weighted )   … Wh/km Electric range (EAER)   … km Electric range city (EAER city)   … km Miscellaneous 50. Type-approved according to the design requirements for transporting dangerous goods: yes/class(es): …/no  ( 12 ) : 51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex II Section 5: … 52. Remarks  ( 15 ) : … SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORY N3 (complete and completed vehicles) Side 2 General construction characteristics 1. Number of axles: … and wheels: … 1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … 2. Steered axles (number, position): … 3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … … Main dimensions 4. Wheelbase  ( 5 ) : … mm 4.1. Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm 5. Length: … mm 6. Width: … mm 7. Height: … mm 8. Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): … mm 9. Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device: … mm 11. Length of the loading area: … mm 12. Rear overhang: … mm Masses 13. Mass in running order: … kg 13.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 13.2. Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg 16. Technically permissible maximum masses 16.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg 16.2. Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.3. Technically permissible mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.4. Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg 17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in national/international traffic  ( 38 )   ( 16 ) 17.1. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg 17.2. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 17.3. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 17.4. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: … kg 18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of: 18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg 18.2. Semi-trailer: … kg 18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg 18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg 19. Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg Power plant 20. Manufacturer of the engine: … 21. Engine code as marked on the engine: … 22. Working principle: … 23. Pure electric: yes/no  ( 38 ) 23.1. Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no  ( 38 ) 24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: … 25. Engine capacity: … cm 3 26. Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/CNG-Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen  ( 38 ) 26.1. Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel  ( 38 ) 26.2. (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B  ( 38 ) 27. Maximum power 27.1. Maximum net power  ( 6 ) : … kW at … min –1 (internal combustion engine)  ( 38 ) 27.2. Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.3. Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.4. Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 28. Gearbox (type): … Maximum speed 29. Maximum speed: … km/h Axles and suspension 31. Position of lift axle(s): … 32. Position of loadable axle(s): … 33. Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no  ( 38 ) 35. Tyre/wheel combination  ( 8 ) : … Brakes 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic  ( 38 ) 37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar Bodywork 38. Code for bodywork  ( 9 ) : … 41. Number and configuration of doors: … 42. Number of seating positions (including the driver)  ( 11 ) : … Coupling device 44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … 45.1. Characteristics values  ( 38 ) : D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: … Environmental performances 46. Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min –1 Drive-by: … dB(A) 47. Exhaust emission level  ( 12 ) : Euro … 47.1. Parameters for emission testing 47.1.1. Test mass, kg: … 47.1.2. Frontal area, m2: … 47.1.3. Road load coefficients 47.1.3.0. f0, N: 47.1.3.1. f1, N/(km/h): 47.1.3.2. f2, N/(km/h) 2 48. Exhaust emissions  ( 13 )   ( m1 )   ( m2 ) : Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … 1.1. test procedure: ESC CO: … HC: … NO x : … HC + NO x : … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m –1 ) 1.2. test procedure: WHSC (EURO VI) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NO x : … THC + NO x : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 2.1. test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … Particulates: … 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 48.1. Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m –1 ) Miscellaneous 50. Type-approved according to the design requirements for transporting dangerous goods: yes/class(es): …/no  ( 12 ) : 51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex II Section 5: … 52. Remarks  ( 15 ) : … SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORIES O1 AND O2 (complete and completed vehicles) Side 2 General construction characteristics 1. Number of axles: … and wheels: … 1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … Main dimensions 4. Wheelbase  ( 5 ) : … mm 4.1. Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm 5. Length: … mm 6. Width: … mm 7. Height: … mm 10. Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the vehicle: … mm 11. Length of the loading area: … mm 12. Rear overhang: … mm Masses 13. Mass in running order: … kg 13.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 13.2. Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg 16. Technically permissible maximum masses 16.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg 16.2. Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.3. Technically permissible mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 19. Technically permissible maximum static mass on the coupling point of a semi-trailer or centre-axle trailer: … kg Maximum speed 29. Maximum speed: … km/h Axles and suspension 30.1. Track of each steered axle: … mm 30.2. Track of all other axles: … mm 31. Position of lift axle(s): … 32. Position of loadable axle(s): … 34. Axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no  ( 38 ) 35. Tyre/wheel combination  ( 8 ) : … Brakes 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic  ( 38 ) Bodywork 38. Code for bodywork  ( 9 ) : … Coupling device 44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … 45.1. Characteristics values  ( 38 ) : D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: … Miscellaneous 50. Type-approved according to the design requirements for transporting dangerous goods: yes/class(es): …/no  ( 12 ) : 51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex II Section 5: … 52. Remarks  ( 15 ) : … SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORIES O3 AND O4 (complete and completed vehicles) Side 2 General construction characteristics 1. Number of axles: … and wheels: … 1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … 2. Steered axles (number, position): … Main dimensions 4. Wheelbase  ( 5 ) : … mm 4.1. Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm 5. Length: … mm 6. Width: … mm 7. Height: … mm 10. Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the vehicle: … mm 11. Length of the loading area: … mm 12. Rear overhang: … mm Masses 13. Mass in running order: … kg 13.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 13.2. Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg 16. Technically permissible maximum masses 16.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg 16.2. Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.3. Technically permissible mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in national/international traffic  ( 38 )   ( 16 ) 17.1. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg 17.2. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 17.3. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 19. Technically permissible maximum static mass on the coupling point of a semi-trailer or centre-axle trailer: … kg Maximum speed 29. Maximum speed: … km/h Axles and suspension 31. Position of lift axle(s): … 32. Position of loadable axle(s): … 34. Axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no  ( 38 ) 35. Tyre/wheel combination  ( 8 ) : … Brakes 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic  ( 38 ) Bodywork 38. Code for bodywork  ( 9 ) : … Coupling device 44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … 45.1. Characteristics values  ( 38 ) : D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …å Miscellaneous 50. Type-approved according to the design requirements for transporting dangerous goods: yes/class(es): …/no  ( 12 ) : 51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex II Section 5: … 52. Remarks  ( 15 ) : … PART II INCOMPLETE VEHICLES MODEL C1 — SIDE 1 INCOMPLETE VEHICLES EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY Side 1 The undersigned [… ( Full name and position )] hereby certifies that the vehicle: 0.1. Make (Trade name of manufacturer): … 0.2. Type: … Variant  ( 1 ) : … Version  ( 1 ) : … 0.2.1. Commercial name: … 0.2.2. For multi-stage approved vehicles, type-approval information of the base/previous stages vehicle (list the information for each stage): Type: … Variant  ( 1 ) : … Version  ( 1 ) : … Type-approval number, extension number … 0.4. Vehicle category: … 0.5. Company name and address of manufacturer: … 0.5.1. For multi-stage approved vehicles, company name and address of the manufacturer of the base/previous stage(s) vehicle … 0.6. Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: … Location of the vehicle identification number: … 0.9. Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): … 0.10. Vehicle identification number: … conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… type-approval number including extension number ) issued on (… date of issue ) and cannot be permanently registered without further approvals. (Place) (Date): … (Signature): … MODEL C2 — SIDE 1 INCOMPLETE VEHICLES TYPE-APPROVED IN SMALL SERIES [Year] [Sequential number] EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY Side 1 The undersigned [… ( Full name and position )] hereby certifies that the vehicle: 0.1. Make (Trade name of manufacturer): … 0.2. Type: … Variant  ( 1 ) : … Version  ( 1 ) : … 0.2.1. Commercial name: … 0.4. Vehicle category: … 0.5. Company name and address of manufacturer: … 0.6. Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: … Location of the vehicle identification number: … 0.9. Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): … 0.10. Vehicle identification number: … conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… type-approval number including extension number ) issued on (… date of issue ) and cannot be permanently registered without further approvals. (Place) (Date): … (Signature): … SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORY M1 (incomplete vehicles) Side 2 General construction characteristics 1. Number of axles: … and wheels: … 3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … … Main dimensions 4. Wheelbase  ( 5 ) : … mm 4.1. Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm 5.1. Maximum permissible length: … mm 6.1. Maximum permissible width: … mm 7.1. Maximum permissible height: … mm 12.1. Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm Masses 14. Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: … kg 14.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 15. Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg 15.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 16. Technically permissible maximum masses 16.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg 16.2. Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.4. Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg 18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of: 18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg 18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg 18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg 19. Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point: … kg Power plant 20. Manufacturer of the engine: … 21. Engine code as marked on the engine: … 22. Working principle: … 23. Pure electric: yes/no  ( 38 ) 23.1. Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no  ( 38 ) 24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: … 25. Engine capacity: … cm 3 26. Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/CNG-Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen  ( 38 ) 26.1. Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel  ( 38 ) 26.2. (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B  ( 38 ) 27. Maximum power 27.1. Maximum net power  ( 6 ) : … kW at … min –1 (internal combustion engine)  ( 38 ) 27.2. Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.3. Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.4. Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) Maximum speed 29. Maximum speed: … km/h Axles and suspension 30. Axle(s) track: 1. … mm 2. … mm 3. … mm 35. Tyre/wheel combination  ( 8 ) : … Brakes 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic  ( 38 ) Bodywork 41. Number and configuration of doors: … 42. Number of seating positions (including the driver)  ( 11 ) : … Environmental performances 46. Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min –1 Drive-by: … dB(A) 47. Exhaust emission level  ( 12 ) : Euro … 47.1. Parameters for emission testing 47.1.1. Test mass, kg: … 47.1.2. Frontal area, m2: … 47.1.3. Road load coefficients 47.1.3.0. f0, N: 47.1.3.1. f1, N/(km/h): 47.1.3.2. f2, N/(km/h) 2 48. Exhaust emissions  ( 13 )   ( m1 )   ( m2 ) : Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … 1.1. test procedure: Type 1 or ESC  ( 38 ) CO: … HC: … NO x : … HC + NO x : … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m –1 ) 1.2. test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values)or WHSC (EURO VI)  ( 38 ) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NO x : … THC + NO x : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 2.1. test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … Particulates: … 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 48.1. Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m –1 ) 49. CO 2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption  ( 13 ) : 1.   All power trains except pure electric vehicles under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151   CO 2 emissions Fuel consumption Urban conditions: … g/km … l/100 km/m 3 /100 km ( 1 ) Extra-urban conditions: … g/km … l/100 km/m 3 /100 km ( 1 ) Combined: … g/km … l/100 km/m 3 /100 km ( 1 ) Weighted, combined … g/km … l/100 km 2.   pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined ( 1 ))   … Wh/km Electric range   … km Miscellaneous 52. Remarks  ( 15 ) : … SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORY M2 (incomplete vehicles) Side 2 General construction characteristics 1. Number of axles: … and wheels: … 1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … 2. Steered axles (number, position): … 3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … … Main dimensions 4. Wheelbase  ( 5 ) : … mm 4.1. Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm 5.1. Maximum permissible length: … mm 6.1. Maximum permissible width: … mm 7.1. Maximum permissible height: … mm 12.1. Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm Masses 14. Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: … kg 14.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 15. Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg 15.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 16. Technically permissible maximum masses 16.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg 16.2. Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.3. Technically permissible mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.4. Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg 17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in national/international traffic  ( 38 )   ( 16 ) 17.1. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg 17.2. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 17.3. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 17.4. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: … kg 18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of: 18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg 18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg 18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg 19. Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg Power plant 20. Manufacturer of the engine: … 21. Engine code as marked on the engine: … 22. Working principle: … 23. Pure electric: yes/no  ( 38 ) 23.1. Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no  ( 38 ) 24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: … 25. Engine capacity: … cm 3 26. Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/CNG-Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen  ( 38 ) 26.1. Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel  ( 38 ) 26.2. (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B  ( 38 ) 27. Maximum power 27.1. Maximum net power  ( 6 ) : … kW at … min –1 (internal combustion engine)  ( 38 ) 27.2. Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.3. Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.4. Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 28. Gearbox (type): … Maximum speed 29. Maximum speed: … km/h Axles and suspension 30. Axle(s) track: 1. … mm 2. … mm 3. … mm 33. Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no  ( 38 ) 35. Tyre/wheel combination  ( 8 ) : … Brakes 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic  ( 38 ) 37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar Coupling device 44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … 45. Type or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: … 45.1. Characteristics values  ( 38 ) : D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: … Environmental performances 46. Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min –1 Drive-by: … dB(A) 47. Exhaust emission level  ( 12 ) : Euro … 47.1. Parameters for emission testing 47.1.1. Test mass, kg: … 47.1.2. Frontal area, m2: … 47.1.3. Road load coefficients 47.1.3.0. f0, N: 47.1.3.1. f1, N/(km/h): 47.1.3.2. f2, N/(km/h) 2 48. Exhaust emissions  ( 13 )   ( m1 )   ( m2 ) : Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … 1.1. test procedure: Type 1 or ESC  ( 38 ) CO: … HC: … NO x : … HC + NO x : … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m –1 ) 1.2. test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values)or WHSC (EURO VI)  ( 38 ) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NO x : … THC + NO x : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 2.1. test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … Particulates: … 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 48.1. Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m –1 ) Miscellaneous 52. Remarks  ( 15 ) : … SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORY M3 (incomplete vehicles) Side 2 General construction characteristics 1. Number of axles: … and wheels: … 1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … 2. Steered axles (number, position): … 3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … … Main dimensions 4. Wheelbase  ( 5 ) : … mm 4.1. Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm 5.1. Maximum permissible length: … mm 6.1. Maximum permissible width: … mm 7.1. Maximum permissible height: … mm 12.1. Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm Masses 14. Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: … kg 14.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 15. Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg 15.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 16. Technically permissible maximum masses 16.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg 16.2. Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.3. Technically permissible mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.4. Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg 17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in national/international traffic  ( 38 )   ( 16 ) 17.1. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg 17.2. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 17.3. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 17.4. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: … kg 18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of: 18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg 18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg 18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg 19. Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg Power plant 20. Manufacturer of the engine: … 21. Engine code as marked on the engine: … 22. Working principle: … 23. Pure electric: yes/no  ( 38 ) 23.1. Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no  ( 38 ) 24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: … 25. Engine capacity: … cm 3 26. Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/CNG-Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen  ( 38 ) 26.1. Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel  ( 38 ) 26.2. (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B  ( 38 ) 27. Maximum power 27.1. Maximum net power  ( 6 ) : … kW at … min –1 (internal combustion engine)  ( 38 ) 27.2. Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.3. Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.4. Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 28. Gearbox (type): … Maximum speed 29. Maximum speed: … km/h Axles and suspension 30.1. Track of each steered axle: … mm 30.2. Track of all other axles: … mm 32. Position of loadable axle(s): … 33. Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no  ( 38 ) 35. Tyre/wheel combination  ( 8 ) : … Brakes 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic  ( 38 ) 37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar Coupling device 44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … 45. Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: … 45.1. Characteristics values  ( 38 ) : D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: … Environmental performances 46. Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min –1 Drive-by: … dB(A) 47. Exhaust emission level  ( 12 ) : Euro … 47.1. Parameters for emission testing 47.1.1. Test mass, kg: … 47.1.2. Frontal area, m2: … 47.1.3. Road load coefficients 47.1.3.0. f0, N: 47.1.3.1. f1, N/(km/h): 47.1.3.2. f2, N/(km/h) 2 48. Exhaust emissions  ( 13 )   ( m1 )   ( m2 ) : Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … 1.1. test procedure: ESC CO: … HC: … NO x : … HC + NO x : … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m –1 ) 1.2. test procedure: WHSC (EURO VI) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NO x : … THC + NO x : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 2.1. test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … Particulates: … 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 48.1. Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m –1 ) Miscellaneous 52. Remarks  ( 15 ) : … SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORY N1 (incomplete vehicles) Side 2 General construction characteristics 1. Number of axles: … and wheels: … 1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … 3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … … Main dimensions 4. Wheelbase  ( 5 ) : … mm 4.1. Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm 5.1. Maximum permissible length: … mm 6.1. Maximum permissible width: … mm 7.1. Maximum permissible height: … mm 8. Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): … mm 12.1. Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm Masses 14. Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: … kg 14.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 15. Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg 15.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 16. Technically permissible maximum masses 16.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg 16.2. Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.4. Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg 18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of: 18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg 18.2. Semi-trailer: … kg 18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg 18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg 19. Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg Power plant 20. Manufacturer of the engine: … 21. Engine code as marked on the engine: … 22. Working principle: … 23. Pure electric: yes/no  ( 38 ) 23.1. Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no  ( 38 ) 24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: … 25. Engine capacity: … cm 3 26. Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/CNG-Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen  ( 38 ) 26.1. Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel  ( 38 ) 26.2. (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B  ( 38 ) 27. Maximum power 27.1. Maximum net power  ( 6 ) : … kW at … min –1 (internal combustion engine)  ( 38 ) 27.2. Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.3. Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.4. Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 28. Gearbox (type): … Maximum speed 29. Maximum speed: … km/h Axles and suspension 30. Axle(s) track: 1. … mm 2. … mm 3. … mm 35. Tyre/wheel combination  ( 8 ) : … Brakes 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic  ( 38 ) 37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar Coupling device 44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … 45. Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: … 45.1. Characteristics values  ( 38 ) : D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: … Environmental performances 46. Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min –1 Drive-by: … dB(A) 47. Exhaust emission level  ( 12 ) : Euro … 47.1. Parameters for emission testing 47.1.1. Test mass, kg: … 47.1.2. Frontal area, m2: … 47.1.3. Road load coefficients 47.1.3.0. f0, N: 47.1.3.1. f1, N/(km/h): 47.1.3.2. f2, N/(km/h) 2 48. Exhaust emissions  ( 13 )   ( m1 )   ( m2 ) : Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … 1.1. test procedure: Type 1 or ESC  ( 38 ) CO: … HC: … NO x : … HC + NO x : … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m –1 ) 1.2. test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values) or WHSC (EURO VI)  ( 38 ) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NO x : … THC + NO x : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 2.1. test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … Particulates: 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): 48.1. Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m –1 ) 49. CO 2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption  ( 13 ) : 1.   all power trains except pure electric vehicles under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151   CO 2 emissions Fuel consumption Urban conditions: … g/km … l/100 km/m 3 /100 km ( 1 ) Extra-urban conditions: … g/km … l/100 km/m 3 /100 km ( 1 ) Combined: … g/km … l/100 km/m 3 /100 km ( 1 ) Weighted, combined … g/km … l/100 km 2.   pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined ( 1 ))   … Wh/km Electric range   … km 3.   Vehicle fitted with eco-innovation(s): yes/no  ( 38 ) 3.1. General code of the eco-innovation(s)  ( p1 ) : … 3.2. Total CO 2 emissions saving due to the eco-innovation(s)  ( p2 ) (repeat for each reference fuel tested): … Miscellaneous 52. Remarks  ( 15 ) : … SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORY N2 (incomplete vehicles) Side 2 General construction characteristics 1. Number of axles: … and wheels: … 1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … 2. Steered axles (number, position): … 3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … … Main dimensions 4. Wheelbase  ( 5 ) : … mm 4.1. Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm 5.1. Maximum permissible length: … mm 6.1. Maximum permissible width: … mm 8. Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): … mm 12.1. Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm Masses 14. Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: … kg 14.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 15. Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg 15.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 16. Technically permissible maximum masses 16.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg 16.2. Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.3. Technically permissible mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.4. Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg 17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in national/international traffic  ( 38 )   ( 16 ) 17.1. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg 17.2. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 17.3. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 17.4. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: … kg 18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of: 18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg 18.2. Semi-trailer: … kg 18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg 18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg 19. Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg Power plant 20. Manufacturer of the engine: … 21. Engine code as marked on the engine: … 22. Working principle: … 23. Pure electric: yes/no  ( 38 ) 23.1. Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no  ( 38 ) 24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: … 25. Engine capacity: … cm 3 26. Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/CNG-Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen  ( 38 ) 26.1. Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel  ( 38 ) 26.2. (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B  ( 38 ) 27. Maximum power 27.1. Maximum net power  ( 6 ) : … kW at … min –1 (internal combustion engine)  ( 38 ) 27.2. Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.3. Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.4. Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 28. Gearbox (type): … Maximum speed 29. Maximum speed: … km/h Axles and suspension 31. Position of lift axle(s): … 32. Position of loadable axle(s): … 33. Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no  ( 38 ) 35. Tyre/wheel combination  ( 8 ) : … Brakes 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic  ( 38 ) 37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar Coupling device 44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … 45. Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: … 45.1. Characteristics values  ( 38 ) : D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: … Environmental performances 46. Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min –1 Drive-by: … dB(A) 47. Exhaust emission level  ( 12 ) : Euro … 47.1. Parameters for emission testing 47.1.1. Test mass, kg: … 47.1.2. Frontal area, m2: … 47.1.3. Road load coefficients 47.1.3.0. f0, N: 47.1.3.1. f1, N/(km/h): 47.1.3.2. f2, N/(km/h) 2 48. Exhaust emissions  ( 13 )   ( m1 )   ( m2 ) : Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … 1.1. test procedure: Type 1 or ESC  ( 38 ) CO: … HC: … NO x : … HC + NO x : … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m –1 ) 1.2. test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values) or WHSC (EURO VI)  ( 38 ) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NO x : … THC + NO x : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 2.1. test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … Particulates: 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 48.1. Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m –1 ) Miscellaneous 52. Remarks  ( 15 ) : … SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORY N3 (incomplete vehicles) Side 2 General construction characteristics 1. Number of axles: … and wheels: … 1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … 2. Steered axles (number, position): … 3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … … Main dimensions 4. Wheelbase  ( 5 ) : … mm 4.1. Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm 5.1. Maximum permissible length: … mm 6.1. Maximum permissible width: … mm 8. Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): … mm 12.1. Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm Masses 14. Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: … kg 14.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 15. Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg 15.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 16. Technically permissible maximum masses 16.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg 16.2. Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.3. Technically permissible mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.4. Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg 17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in national/international traffic  ( 38 )   ( 16 ) 17.1. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg 17.2. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 17.3. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 17.4. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: … kg 18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of: 18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg 18.2. Semi-trailer: … kg 18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg 18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg 19. Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg Power plant 20. Manufacturer of the engine: … 21. Engine code as marked on the engine: … 22. Working principle: … 23. Pure electric: yes/no  ( 38 ) 23.1. Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no  ( 38 ) 24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: … 25. Engine capacity: … cm 3 26. Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/CNG-Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen  ( 38 ) 26.1. Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel  ( 38 ) 26.2. (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B  ( 38 ) 27. Maximum power 27.1. Maximum net power  ( 6 ) : … kW at … min –1 (internal combustion engine)  ( 38 ) 27.2. Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.3. Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 27.4. Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)  ( 38 )   ( 7 ) 28. Gearbox (type): … Maximum speed 29. Maximum speed: … km/h Axles and suspension 31. Position of lift axle(s): … 32. Position of loadable axle(s): … 33. Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no  ( 38 ) 35. Tyre/wheel combination  ( 8 ) : … Brakes 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic  ( 38 ) 37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar Coupling device 44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … 45. Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: … 45.1. Characteristics values  ( 38 ) : D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: … Environmental performances 46. Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min –1 Drive-by: … dB(A) 47. Exhaust emission level  ( 12 ) : Euro … 47.1. Parameters for emission testing 47.1.1. Test mass, kg: … 47.1.2. Frontal area, m2: … 47.1.3. Road load coefficients 47.1.3.0. f0, N: 47.1.3.1. f1, N/(km/h): 47.1.3.2. f2, N/(km/h) 2 48. Exhaust emissions  ( 13 )   ( m1 )   ( m2 ) : Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … 1.1. test procedure: ESC CO: … HC: … NO x : … HC + NO x : … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m –1 ) 1.2. test procedure: WHSC (EURO VI) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NO x : … THC + NO x : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 2.1. test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … Particulates: 2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NO x : … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4 : … NH 3 : … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … 48.1. Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m –1 ) Miscellaneous 52. Remarks  ( 15 ) : … SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORIES O1 AND O2 (incomplete vehicles) Side 2 General construction characteristics 1. Number of axles: … and wheels: … 1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … Main dimensions 4. Wheelbase  ( 5 ) : … mm 4.1. Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm 5.1. Maximum permissible length: … mm 6.1. Maximum permissible width: … mm 7.1. Maximum permissible height: … mm 10. Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the vehicle: … mm 12.1. Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm Masses 14. Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: … kg 14.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 15. Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg 15.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 16. Technically permissible maximum masses 16.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg 16.2. Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.3. Technically permissible mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 19.1. Technically permissible maximum static mass on the coupling point of a semi-trailer or centre-axle trailer: … kg Maximum speed 29. Maximum speed: … km/h Axles and suspension 30.1. Track of each steered axle: … mm 30.2. Track of all other axles: … mm 31. Position of lift axle(s): … 32. Position of loadable axle(s): … 34. Axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no  ( 38 ) 35. Tyre/wheel combination  ( 8 ) : … Coupling device 44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … 45. Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: … 45.1. Characteristics values  ( 38 ) : D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: … Miscellaneous 52. Remarks  ( 15 ) : … SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORIES O3 AND O4 (incomplete vehicles) Side 2 General construction characteristics 1. Number of axles: … and wheels: … 1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … 2. Steered axle (number, position): … Main dimensions 4. Wheelbase  ( 5 ) : … mm 4.1. Axle spacing: 1-2: … mm 2-3: … mm 3-4: … mm 5.1. Maximum permissible length: …mm 6.1. Maximum permissible width: …mm 7.1. Maximum permissible height: …mm 10. Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the vehicle: …mm 12.1. Maximum permissible rear overhang: …mm Masses 14. Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: … kg 14.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 15. Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg 15.1. Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 16. Technically permissible maximum masses 16.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg 16.2. Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 16.3. Technically permissible mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc. 17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in national/international traffic  ( 38 )   ( 16 ) 17.1. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg 17.2. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 17.3. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle group: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg 19.1. Technically permissible maximum static mass on the coupling point of a semi-trailer or centre-axle trailer: … kg Maximum speed 29. Maximum speed: … km/h Axles and suspension 31. Position of lift axle(s): … 32. Position of loadable axle(s): … 34. Axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no  ( 38 ) 35. Tyre/wheel combination  ( 8 ) : … Coupling device 44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … 45. Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: … 45.1. Characteristics values  ( 38 ) : D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: … Miscellaneous 52. Remarks  ( 15 ) : … Explanatory notes relating to Annex IX — — ( p ) Eco-innovations. ( *1 )    OJ L 145 31.5.2011, p. 1 .’ ’ ( 1 )   When restrictions for the fuel are applicable, indicate these restrictions (e.g. for natural gas the L range or the H range). ( 2 )   For bi fuel vehicles, the table shall be repeated for both fuels. ( 3 )   For flex fuel vehicles, when the test is to be performed on both fuels, according to Figure I.2.4 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151, and for vehicles running on LPG or NG/Biomethane, either bi-fuel or mono-fuel, the table shall be repeated for the different reference gases used in the test, and an additional table shall display the worst results obtained. When applicable, in accordance with paragraph 3.1.4. of Annex 12 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, it shall be shown if the results are measured or calculated. ( 4 )   For bi fuel vehicles, the table shall be repeated for both fuels. ( 5 )   For flex fuel vehicles, when the test is to be performed on both fuels, according to Figure I.2.4 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151, and for vehicles running on LPG or NG/Biomethane, either bi-fuel or mono-fuel, the table shall be repeated for the different reference gases used in the test, and an additional table shall display the worst results obtained. When applicable, in accordance with paragraph 3.1.4. of Annex 12 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, it shall be shown if the results are measured or calculated. ( 6 )   Delete where not applicable. ( 7 )   Delete where not applicable. ( 8 )   When restrictions for the fuel are applicable, indicate these restrictions (e.g. for natural gas the L range or the H range). ( 9 )   If applicable. ( 10 )   For Euro VI, ESC shall be understood as WHSC and ETC as WHTC. ( 11 )   For Euro VI, if CNG and LPG fuelled engines are tested on different reference fuels, the table shall be reproduced for each reference fuel tested. ( 12 )   If applicable. ( 13 )   For Euro VI, ESC shall be understood as WHSC and ETC as WHTC. ( 14 )   For Euro VI, if CNG and LPG fuelled engines are tested on different reference fuels, the table shall be reproduced for each reference fuel tested. ( 15 )   If applicable. ( 16 )   If applicable. ( 17 )   Repeat the table for each reference fuel tested. ( 18 )   The unit “l/100 km” is replaced by “m 3 /100 km” for vehicles fuelled with NG and H2NG, and by “kg/100 km” for vehicles fuelled with hydrogen. ( 19 )   The unit “l/100 km” is replaced by “m 3 /100 km” for vehicles fuelled with NG and H2NG, and by “kg/100 km” for vehicles fuelled with hydrogen. ( 20 )   The unit “l/100 km” is replaced by “m 3 /100 km” for vehicles fuelled with NG and H2NG, and by “kg/100 km” for vehicles fuelled with hydrogen. ( 21 )   The format for the Interpolation Family Identifier is provided in paragraph 5.0 of Annex XXI to Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 of 1 June 2017 supplementing Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council on type-approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information, amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 and Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 and repealing Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 ( OJ L 175, 7.7.2017, p. 1 ). ( 22 )   The format for the Road Load Matrix Family Identifier is provided in paragraph 5.0 of Annex XXI to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151. ( 23 )   If applicable. ( 24 )   If applicable. ( 25 )   If applicable. ( 26 )    ( h1 ) Repeat the table for each variant/version. ( 27 )    ( h2 ) Repeat the table for each reference fuel tested ( 28 )    ( h3 ) Expand the table if necessary, using one extra row per eco-innovation. ( 29 )    ( h4 ) Number of the Commission Decision approving the eco-innovation. ( 30 )    ( h5 ) Assigned in the Commission Decision approving the eco-innovation. ( 31 )    ( h6 ) If a modelling methodology is applied instead of the type 1 test cycle, this value shall be the one provided by the modelling methodology. ( 32 )    ( h7 ) Sum of the CO 2 emissions savings of each individual eco-innovation on Type I according UN/ECE Regulation No 83. ( 33 )    ( h4 ) Number of the Commission Decision approving the eco-innovation. ( 34 )    ( h5 ) Assigned in the Commission Decision approving the eco-innovation. ( 35 )    ( h6 ) If a modelling methodology is applied instead of the type 1 test cycle, this value shall be the one provided by the modelling methodology. ( 36 )    ( h7 ) Sum of the CO 2 emissions savings of each individual eco-innovation on Type 1 according to Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4 of Regulation (EU) 2017/1151. ( 37 )    ( h8 ) The general code of the eco-innovation(s) shall consist of the following elements each separated by a blank space: — Code of the approval authority as set out in Annex VII; — Individual code of each eco-innovation fitted in the vehicle, indicated in chronological order of the Commission approval decisions. (E.g. the general code of three eco-innovations approved chronologically as 10, 15 and 16 and fitted to a vehicle certified by the German type-approval authority should be: “e1 10 15 16”.)’. ( 1 )   Indicate the identification code — ( 2 )   Indicate whether the vehicle is suitable for use in either right or left-hand traffic or both right and left-hand traffic. ( 3 )   Indicate whether the speedometer and/or odometer fitted has metric or both metric and imperial units. ( 4 )   This statement shall not restrict the right of the Member States to require technical adaptations in order to allow the registration of a vehicle in a Member State other than the one for which it was intended when the direction of the traffic is on the opposite side of the road. ( 38 )   Delete where not applicable ( 5 )   Entries 4 and 4.1 shall be completed in accordance with definitions 25 (Wheelbase) and 26 (Axle spacing) of Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 respectively ( 6 )   For hybrid electric vehicles, indicate both power outputs. ( 7 )   In the case of more than one electric motor indicate the consolidated effect of all the engines.’ ( 8 )   Optional equipment under this letter can be added under entry “Remarks”. ( 9 )   The codes described in Annex II Letter C shall be used. ( 10 )   Indicate only the basic colour(s) as follows: white, yellow, orange, red, violet, blue, green, grey, brown or black. ( 11 )   Excluding seats designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary and the number of wheelchair positions. For coaches belonging to the vehicle category M 3 the number of crew members shall be included in the passenger number. ( 12 )   Add the number of the Euro level and the character corresponding to the provisions used for type-approval. ( 13 )   Repeat for the various fuels that can be used. Vehicles that can be fuelled with both petrol and gaseous fuel but in which the petrol system is fitted for emergency purposes or for starting only and the petrol tank of which cannot contain more than 15 litres of petrol will be regarded as vehicles that can only run on a gaseous fuel. ( m1 )   In case of EURO VI dual-fuel engines and vehicles, repeat as appropriate. ( m2 )   Solely emissions assessed in accordance with the applicable regulatory act or acts shall be stated. ( 14 )   Only applicable if the vehicle is approved to Regulation (EC) 715/2007 ( p1 )   The general code of the eco-innovation(s) shall consist of the following elements, each separated by a blank space: — Code of the approval authority as set out in Annex VII; — Individual code of each eco-innovation fitted in the vehicle, indicated in chronological order of the Commission approval decisions. (E.g. the general code of three eco-innovations approved chronologically as 10, 15 and 16 and fitted to a vehicle certified by the German type-approval authority should be: “e1 10 15 16”.) ( p2 )   Sum of the CO 2 emissions savings of each individual eco-innovation. ( 15 )   If the vehicle is equipped with 24 GHz short-range radar equipment in accordance with Commission Decision 2005/50/EC ( OJ L 21, 25.1.2005, p. 15 ), the manufacturer shall indicate here: “Vehicle equipped with 24 GHz short-range radar equipment”. ( 16 )   The manufacturer may complete these entries either for international traffic or national traffic or both. For national traffic, the code of the country where the vehicle is intended to be registered shall be mentioned. The code shall be in accordance with standard ISO 3166-1:2006. For international traffic, the directive number shall be referred to (e.g. “96/53/EC” for Council Directive 96/53/EC). ( 17 )   In the case of completed vehicles of category N 1 within the scope of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.

ANNEX XIXSupplementary provisions

ANNEX XIX AMENDMENTS TO REGULATION (EU) No 1230/2012 Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 is amended as follows: 1. Article 2(5) is replaced by the following: ‘ “Mass of the optional equipment” means maximum mass of the combinations of optional equipment which may be fitted to the vehicle in addition to the standard equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications;’

ANNEX XXSupplementary provisions

ANNEX XX MEASUREMENT OF NET POWER AND THE MAXIMUM 30 MINUTES POWER OF ELECTRIC DRIVE TRAINS 1.   INTRODUCTION This Annex sets out requirements for measuring net engine power, net power and the maximum 30 minutes power of electric drive trains. 2.   GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 2.1.   The general specifications for conducting the tests and interpreting the results are those set out in paragraph 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 85  ( 1 ) , with the exceptions specified in this Annex. 2.2.   Test fuel Paragraphs 5.2.3.1., 5.2.3.2.1., 5.2.3.3.1., and 5.2.3.4. of UN/ECE Regulation No 85 shall be understood as follows: The fuel used shall be the one available on the market. In any case of dispute, the fuel shall be the appropriate reference fuel specified in Annex IX to this Regulation. 2.3.   Power correction factors By way of derogation from paragraph 5.1 of Annex 5 to UN/ECE Regulation No 85, when a turbo-charged engine is fitted with a system which allows compensating the ambient conditions temperature and altitude, at the request of the manufacturer, the correction factors α a or α d shall be set to the value of 1. ( 1 )    OJ L 326, 24.11.2006, p. 55 .

ANNEX XXISupplementary provisions

ANNEX XXI TYPE 1 EMISSIONS TEST PROCEDURES 1.   INTRODUCTION This Annex describes the procedure for determining the levels of emissions of gaseous compounds, particulate matter, particle number, CO 2 emissions, fuel consumption, electric energy consumption and electric range from light-duty vehicles.. 2.   RESERVED 3.   DEFINITIONS 3.1.    Test equipment 3.1.1. ‘ Accuracy ’ means the difference between a measured value and a reference value, traceable to a national standard and describes the correctness of a result. See Figure 1. 3.1.2. ‘ Calibration ’ means the process of setting a measurement system's response so that its output agrees with a range of reference signals. 3.1.3. ‘ Calibration gas ’ means a gas mixture used to calibrate gas analysers. 3.1.4. ‘ Double dilution method ’ means the process of separating a part of the diluted exhaust flow and mixing it with an appropriate amount of dilution air prior to the particulate sampling filter. 3.1.5. ‘ Full flow exhaust dilution system ’ means the continuous dilution of the total vehicle exhaust with ambient air in a controlled manner using a constant volume sampler (CVS). 3.1.6. ‘ Linearisation ’ means the application of a range of concentrations or materials to establish a mathematical relationship between concentration and system response. 3.1.7. ‘ Major maintenance ’ means the adjustment, repair or replacement of a component or module that could affect the accuracy of a measurement. 3.1.8. ‘ Non-methane hydrocarbons ’ (NMHC) are the total hydrocarbons (THC) minus the methane (CH 4 ) contribution. 3.1.9. ‘ Precision ’ means the degree to which repeated measurements under unchanged conditions show the same results (Figure 1) and, in this Annex, always refers to one standard deviation. 3.1.10. ‘ Reference value ’ means a value traceable to a national standard. See Figure 1. 3.1.11. ‘ Set point ’ means the target value a control system aims to reach. 3.1.12. ‘ Span ’ means to adjust an instrument so that it gives a proper response to a calibration standard that represents between 75 per cent and 100 per cent of the maximum value in the instrument range or expected range of use. 3.1.13. ‘ Total hydrocarbons ’ (THC) means all volatile compounds measurable by a flame ionization detector (FID). 3.1.14. ‘ Verification ’ means to evaluate whether or not a measurement system's outputs agrees with applied reference signals within one or more predetermined thresholds for acceptance. 3.1.15. ‘ Zero gas ’ means a gas containing no analyte, which is used to set a zero response on an analyser. Figure 1 Definition of accuracy, precision and reference value 3.2.    Road load and dynamometer setting 3.2.1. ‘ Aerodynamic drag ’ means the force opposing a vehicle’s forward motion through air. 3.2.2. ‘ Aerodynamic stagnation point ’ means the point on the surface of a vehicle where wind velocity is equal to zero. 3.2.3. ‘ Anemometer blockage ’ means the effect on the anemometer measurement due to the presence of the vehicle where the apparent air speed is different than the vehicle speed combined with wind speed relative to the ground. 3.2.4. ‘ Constrained analysis ’ means the vehicle’s frontal area and aerodynamic drag coefficient have been independently determined and those values shall be used in the equation of motion. 3.2.5. ‘ Mass in running order ’ means the mass of the vehicle, with its fuel tank(s) filled to at least 90 per cent of its or their capacity/capacities, including the mass of the driver, fuel and liquids, fitted with the standard equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and, when they are fitted, the mass of the bodywork, the cabin, the coupling and the spare wheel(s) as well as the tools. 3.2.6. ‘ Mass of the driver ’ means a mass rated at 75 kg located at the driver’s seating reference point. 3.2.7. ‘ Maximum vehicle load ’ means the technically permissible maximum laden mass minus the mass in running order, 25 kg and the mass of the optional equipment as defined in paragraph 3.2.8. 3.2.8. ‘ Mass of the optional equipment ’ means maximum mass of the combinations of optional equipment which may be fitted to the vehicle in addition to the standard equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. 3.2.9. ‘ Optional equipment ’ means all the features not included in the standard equipment which are fitted to a vehicle under the responsibility of the manufacturer, and that can be ordered by the customer. 3.2.10. ‘ Reference atmospheric conditions (regarding road load measurements) ’ means the atmospheric conditions to which these measurement results are corrected: (a) Atmospheric pressure: p 0 = 100 kPa; (b) Atmospheric temperature: T 0 = 20 °C; (c) Dry air density: ρ 0 = 1,189 kg/m 3 ; (d) Wind speed: 0 m/s. 3.2.11. ‘ Reference speed ’ means the vehicle speed at which road load is determined or chassis dynamometer load is verified. 3.2.12. ‘ Road load ’ means the force resisting the forward motion of a vehicle as measured with the coastdown method or methods that are equivalent regarding the inclusion of frictional losses of the drivetrain. 3.2.13. ‘ Rolling resistance ’ means the forces of the tyres opposing the motion of a vehicle. 3.2.14. ‘ Running resistance ’ means the torque resisting the forward motion of a vehicle measured by torque meters installed at the driven wheels of a vehicle. 3.2.15. ‘ Simulated road load ’ means the road load experienced by the vehicle on the chassis dynamometer which is intended to reproduce the road load measured on the road, and consists of the force applied by the chassis dynamometer and the forces resisting the vehicle while driving on the chassis dynamometer and is approximated by the three coefficients of a second order polynomial. 3.2.16. ‘ Simulated running resistance ’ means the running resistance experienced by the vehicle on the chassis dynamometer which is intended to reproduce the running resistance measured on the road, and consists of the torque applied by the chassis dynamometer and the torque resisting the vehicle while driving on the chassis dynamometer and is approximated by the three coefficients of a second order polynomial. 3.2.17. ‘ Stationary anemometry ’ means measurement of wind speed and direction with an anemometer at a location and height above road level alongside the test road where the most representative wind conditions will be experienced. 3.2.18. ‘ Standard equipment ’ means the basic configuration of a vehicle which is equipped with all the features that are required under the regulatory acts referred to in Annex IV and Annex XI of Directive 2007/46/EC including all features that are fitted without giving rise to any further specifications on configuration or equipment level. 3.2.19. ‘ Target road load ’ means the road load to be reproduced. 3.2.20. ‘ Target running resistance ’ means the running resistance to be reproduced on the chassis dynamometer. 3.2.21. Reserved 3.2.22. ‘ Wind correction ’ means correction of the effect of wind on road load based on input of the stationary or on-board anemometry. 3.2.23. ‘ Technically permissible maximum laden mass ’ means the maximum mass allocated to a vehicle on the basis of its construction features and its design performances. 3.2.24. ‘ Actual mass of the vehicle ’ means the mass in running order plus the mass of the fitted optional equipment to an individual vehicle. 3.2.25. ‘ Test mass of the vehicle ’ means the sum of the actual mass of the vehicle, 25 kg and the mass representative of the vehicle load. 3.2.26. ‘ Mass representative of the vehicle load ’ means x per cent of the maximum vehicle load where x is 15 per cent for category M vehicles and 28 per cent for category N vehicles. 3.2.27. ‘ Technically permissible maximum laden mass of the combination ’ (MC) means the maximum mass allocated to the combination of a motor vehicle and one or more trailers on the basis of its construction features and its design performances or the maximum mass allocated to the combination of a tractor unit and a semi-trailer. 3.3.    Pure electric, hybrid electric and fuel cell vehicles 3.3.1. ‘ All-electric range ’ (AER) means the total distance travelled by an OVC-HEV from the beginning of the charge-depleting test to the point in time during the test when the combustion engine starts to consume fuel. 3.3.2. ‘ Pure Electric range ’ (PER) means the total distance travelled by a PEV from the beginning of the charge-depleting test until the break-off criterion is reached. 3.3.3. ‘ Charge-depleting actual range ’ (R CDA ) means the distance travelled in a series of WLTCs in charge-depleting operating condition until the rechargeable electric energy storage system (REESS) is depleted. 3.3.4. ‘ Charge-depleting cycle range ’ (R CDC ) means the distance from the beginning of the charge-depleting test to the end of the last cycle prior to the cycle or cycles satisfying the break-off criterion, including the transition cycle where the vehicle may have operated in both depleting and sustaining conditions. 3.3.5. ‘ Charge-depleting operating condition ’ means an operating condition in which the energy stored in the REESS may fluctuate but decreases on average while the vehicle is driven until transition to charge-sustaining operation. 3.3.6. ‘ Charge-sustaining operating condition ’ means an operating condition in which the energy stored in the REESS may fluctuate but, on average, is maintained at a neutral charging balance level while the vehicle is driven. 3.3.7. ‘ Utility Factors ’ are ratios based on driving statistics depending on the range achieved in charge-depleting condition and are used to weigh the charge-depleting and charge-sustaining exhaust emission compounds, CO 2 emissions and fuel consumption for OVC-HEVs. 3.3.8. ‘ Electric machine ’ (EM) means an energy converter transforming between electrical and mechanical energy. 3.3.9. ‘ Energy converter ’ means a system where the form of energy output is different from the form of energy input. 3.3.9.1. ‘ Propulsion energy converter ’ means an energy converter of the powertrain which is not a peripheral device whose output energy is used directly or indirectly for the purpose of vehicle propulsion 3.3.9.2. ‘ Category of propulsion energy converter ’ means (i) an internal combustion engine, or (ii) an electric machine, or (iii) a fuel cell. 3.3.10. ‘ Energy storage system ’ means a system which stores energy and releases it in the same form as was input. 3.3.10.1. ‘ Propulsion energy storage system ’ means an energy storage system of the powertrain which is not a peripheral device and whose output energy is used directly or indirectly for the purpose of vehicle propulsion. 3.3.10.2. ‘ Category of propulsion energy storage system ’ means (i) a fuel storage system, or (ii) a rechargeable electric energy storage system, or (iii) a rechargeable mechanical energy storage system. 3.3.10.3. ‘ Form of energy ’ means (i) electrical energy, or (ii) mechanical energy, or (iii) chemical energy (including fuels). 3.3.10.4. ‘ Fuel storage system ’ means a propulsion energy storage system that stores chemical energy as liquid or gaseous fuel. 3.3.11. ‘ Equivalent all-electric range ’ (EAER) means that portion of the total charge-depleting actual range (R CDA ) attributable to the use of electricity from the REESS over the charge-depleting range test. 3.3.12. ‘ Hybrid electric vehicle ’ (HEV) means a hybrid vehicle where one of the propulsion energy converters is an electric machine. 3.3.13. ‘ Hybrid vehicle ’ (HV) means a vehicle equipped with a powertrain containing at least two different categories of propulsion energy converters and at least two different categories of propulsion energy storage systems. 3.3.14. ‘ Net energy change ’ means the ratio of the REESS energy change divided by the cycle energy demand of the test vehicle. 3.3.15. ‘ Not off-vehicle charging hybrid electric vehicle ’ (NOVC-HEV) means a hybrid electric vehicle that cannot be charged from an external source 3.3.16. ‘ Off-vehicle charging hybrid electric vehicle ’ (OVC-HEV) means a hybrid electric vehicle that can be charged from an external source. 3.3.17. ‘ Pure electric vehicle ’ (PEV) means a vehicle equipped with a powertrain containing exclusively electric machines as propulsion energy converters and exclusively rechargeable electric energy storage systems as propulsion energy storage systems. 3.3.18. ‘ Fuel cell ’ means an energy converter transforming chemical energy (input) into electrical energy (output) or vice versa. 3.3.19. ‘ Fuel cell vehicle ’ (FCV) means a vehicle equipped with a powertrain containing exclusively fuel cell(s) and electric machine(s) as propulsion energy converter(s). 3.3.20. ‘ Fuel cell hybrid vehicle ’ (FCHV) means a fuel cell vehicle equipped with a powertrain containing at least one fuel storage system and at least one rechargeable electric energy storage system as propulsion energy storage systems. 3.4.    Powertrain 3.4.1. ‘ Powertrain ’ means the total combination in a vehicle, of propulsion energy storage system(s), propulsion energy converter(s) and the drivetrain(s) providing the mechanical energy at the wheels for the purpose of vehicle propulsion, plus peripheral devices. 3.4.2. ‘ Auxiliary devices ’ means energy consuming, converting, storing or supplying non-peripheral devices or systems which are installed in the vehicle for purposes other than the propulsion of the vehicle and are therefore not considered to be part of the powertrain. 3.4.3. ‘ Peripheral devices ’ means energy consuming, converting, storing or supplying devices, where the energy is not primarily used for the purpose of vehicle propulsion, or other parts, systems and control units, which are essential to the operation of the powertrain. 3.4.4. ‘ Drivetrain ’ means the connected elements of the powertrain for transmission of the mechanical energy between the propulsion energy converter(s) and the wheels. 3.4.5. ‘ Manual transmission ’ means a transmission where gears can only be shifted by action of the driver. 3.5.    General 3.5.1. ‘ Criteria emissions ’ means those emission compounds for which limits are set in this Regulation. 3.5.2. Reserved 3.5.3. Reserved 3.5.4. Reserved 3.5.5. Reserved 3.5.6. ‘ Cycle energy demand ’ means the calculated positive energy required by the vehicle to drive the prescribed cycle. 3.5.7. Reserved 3.5.8. ‘ Driver-selectable mode ’ means a distinct driver-selectable condition which could affect emissions, or fuel and/or energy consumption. 3.5.9. ‘ Predominant mode ’ for the purposes of this Annex means a single mode that is always selected when the vehicle is switched on regardless of the operating mode selected when the vehicle was previously shut down. 3.5.10. ‘ Reference conditions (with regards to calculating mass emissions) ’ means the conditions upon which gas densities are based, namely 101,325 kPa and 273,15 K (0 °C). 3.5.11. ‘ Exhaust emissions ’ means the emission of gaseous, solid and liquid compounds. 3.6.    PM/PN The term ‘particle’ is conventionally used for the matter being characterised (measured) in the airborne phase (suspended matter), and the term ‘particulate’ for the deposited matter. 3.6.1. ‘ Particle number emissions ’ (PN) means the total number of solid particles emitted from the vehicle exhaust quantified according to the dilution, sampling and measurement methods as specified in this Annex. 3.6.2. ‘ Particulate matter emissions ’ (PM) means the mass of any particulate material from the vehicle exhaust quantified according to the dilution, sampling and measurement methods as specified in this Annex. 3.7.    WLTC 3.7.1. ‘ Rated engine power ’ (P rated ) means maximum engine power in kW as per the requirements of Annex XX to this Regulation. 3.7.2. ‘ Maximum speed ’ (v max ) means the maximum speed of a vehicle as declared by the manufacturer. 3.8.    Procedure 3.8.1. ‘ Periodically regenerating system ’ means an exhaust emissions control device (e.g. catalytic converter, particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4 000 km of normal vehicle operation. 3.9.    Ambient Temperature Correction Test (Sub-Annex 6a) 3.9.1. ‘ Active heat storage device ’ means a technology that stores heat within any device of a vehicle and releases the heat to a power train component over a defined time period at engine start. It is characterised by the stored enthalpy in the system and the time for heat release to the power train components. 3.9.2. ‘ Insulation materials ’ means any material in the engine compartment attached to the engine and/or the chassis with a thermal insulation effect and characterised by a maximum heat conductivity of 0,1 W/(mK). 4.   ABBREVIATIONS 4.1.    General abbreviations AC Alternating current CFV Critical flow venturi CFO Critical flow orifice CLD Chemiluminescent detector CLA Chemiluminescent analyser CVS Constant volume sampler DC Direct current ET Evaporation tube Extra High 2 WLTC extra high speed phase for Class 2 vehicles Extra High 3 WLTC extra high speed phase for Class 3 vehicles FCHV Fuel cell hybrid vehicle FID Flame ionisation detector FSD Full scale deflection GC Gas chromatograph HEPA High efficiency particulate air (filter) HFID Heated flame ionisation detector High 2 WLTC high speed phase for Class 2 vehicles High 3-1 WLTC high speed phase for Class 3 vehicles v max < 120 with km/h High 3-2 WLTC high speed phase for Class 3 vehicles with v max ≥ 120 km/h ICE Internal combustion engine LoD Limit of detection LoQ Limit of quantification Low 1 WLTC low speed phase for Class 1 vehicles Low 2 WLTC low speed phase for Class 2 vehicles Low 3 WLTC low speed phase for Class 3 vehicles Medium 1 WLTC medium speed phase for Class 1 vehicles Medium 2 WLTC medium speed phase for Class 2 vehicles Medium 3-1 WLTC medium speed phase for Class 3 vehicles with v max < 120 km/h Medium 3-2 WLTC medium speed phase for Class 3 vehicles with v max ≥ 120 km/h LC Liquid chromatography LPG Liquefied petroleum gas NDIR Non-dispersive infrared (analyser) NDUV Non-dispersive ultraviolet NG/biomethane Natural gas/biomethane NMC Non-methane cutter NOVC-FCHV Not off-vehicle charging fuel cell hybrid vehicle NOVC Not off-vehicle charging NOVC-HEV Not off-vehicle charging hybrid electric vehicle OVC-HEV Off-vehicle charging hybrid electric vehicle P a Particulate mass collected on the background filter P e Particulate mass collected on the sample filter PAO Poly-alpha-olefin PCF Particle pre-classifier PCRF Particle concentration reduction factor PDP Positive displacement pump PER Pure electric range Per cent FS Per cent of full scale PM Particulate matter emissions PN Particle number emissions PNC Particle number counter PND 1 First particle number dilution device PND 2 Second particle number dilution device PTS Particle transfer system PTT Particle transfer tube QCL-IR Infrared quantum cascade laser R CDA Charge-depleting actual range RCB REESS charge balance REESS Rechargeable electric energy storage system SSV Subsonic venturi USFM Ultrasonic flow meter VPR Volatile particle remover WLTC Worldwide light-duty test cycle 4.2.    Chemical symbols and abbreviations C 1 Carbon 1 equivalent hydrocarbon CH 4 Methane C 2 H 6 Ethane C 2 H 5 OH Ethanol C 3 H 8 Propane CO Carbon monoxide CO 2 Carbon dioxide DOP Di-octylphthalate H 2 O Water NH 3 Ammonia NMHC Non-methane hydrocarbons NO x Oxides of nitrogen NO Nitric oxide NO 2 Nitrogen dioxide N 2 O Nitrous oxide THC Total hydrocarbons 5.   GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 5.0   Each of the vehicle families defined in paragraphs 5.6. to 5.9. shall be attributed an unique identifier of the following format: FT-TA-WMI-yyyy-nnnn Where: — FT is an identifier of the family type: — IP = Interpolation family as defined in paragraph 5.6. — RL = Road load family as defined in paragraph 5.7. — RM = Road load matrix family as defined in paragraph 5.8. — PR = Periodically regenerating systems (K i ) family as defined in paragraph 5.9. — TA is the distinguishing number of the authority responsible for the family approval as defined in section 1 of point 1 of Annex VII of Directive (EC) 2007/46 — WMI (world manufacturer identifier) is a code that identifies the manufacturer in a unique manner and is defined in ISO 3780:2009. For a single manufacturers several WMI codes may be used. — yyyy is the year when the test for the family were concluded — nnnn is a four digit sequence number 5.1.   The vehicle and its components liable to affect the emissions of gaseous compounds, particulate matter and particle number shall be so designed, constructed and assembled as to enable the vehicle in normal use and under normal conditions of use such as humidity, rain, snow, heat, cold, sand, dirt, vibrations, wear, etc. to comply with the provisions of this Annex during its useful life. 5.1.1.   This shall include the security of all hoses, joints and connections used within the emission control systems. 5.2.   The test vehicle shall be representative in terms of its emissions-related components and functionality of the intended production series to be covered by the approval. The manufacturer and the approval authority shall agree which vehicle test model is representative. 5.3.    Vehicle testing condition 5.3.1. The types and amounts of lubricants and coolant for emissions testing shall be as specified for normal vehicle operation by the manufacturer. 5.3.2. The type of fuel for emissions testing shall be as specified in Annex IX. 5.3.3. All emissions controlling systems shall be in working order. 5.3.4. The use of any defeat device is prohibited, according to the provisions of Article 5(2) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. 5.3.5. The engine shall be designed to avoid crankcase emissions. 5.3.6. The tyres used for emissions testing shall be as defined in paragraph 1.2.4.5. of Sub-Annex 6 to this Annex. 5.4.    Petrol tank inlet orifices 5.4.1. Subject to paragraph 5.4.2., the inlet orifice of the petrol or ethanol tank shall be so designed as to prevent the tank from being filled from a fuel pump delivery nozzle that has an external diameter of 23.6 mm or greater. 5.4.2. Paragraph 5.4.1. shall not apply to a vehicle in respect of which both of the following conditions are satisfied: (a) The vehicle is so designed and constructed that no device designed to control the emissions shall be adversely affected by leaded petrol; and (b) The vehicle is conspicuously, legibly and indelibly marked with the symbol for unleaded petrol, specified in ISO 2575:2010 ‘Road vehicles – Symbols for controls, indicators and tell-tales’, in a position immediately visible to a person filling the petrol tank. Additional markings are permitted. 5.5.    Provisions for electronic system security 5.5.1. Any vehicle with an emission control computer shall include features to deter modification, except as authorised by the manufacturer. The manufacturer shall authorise modifications if these modifications are necessary for the diagnosis, servicing, inspection, retrofitting or repair of the vehicle. Any reprogrammable computer codes or operating parameters shall be resistant to tampering and afford a level of protection at least as good as the provisions in ISO 15031-7 (March 15, 2001). Any removable calibration memory chips shall be potted, encased in a sealed container or protected by electronic algorithms and shall not be changeable without the use of specialized tools and procedures. 5.5.2. Computer-coded engine operating parameters shall not be changeable without the use of specialized tools and procedures (e.g. soldered or potted computer components or sealed (or soldered) enclosures). 5.5.3. Manufacturers may seek approval from the approval authority for an exemption to one of these requirements for those vehicles that are unlikely to require protection. The criteria that the approval authority shall evaluate in considering an exemption shall include, but are not limited to, the current availability of performance chips, the high-performance capability of the vehicle and the projected sales volume of the vehicle. 5.5.4. Manufacturers using programmable computer code systems shall deter unauthorised reprogramming. Manufacturers shall include enhanced tamper protection strategies and write-protect features requiring electronic access to an off-site computer maintained by the manufacturer, to which independent operators shall also have access using the protection afforded in paragraph 5.5.1. and Section 2.2. of Annex XIV. Methods giving an adequate level of tamper protection will be approved by the approval authority. 5.6.    Interpolation family 5.6.1.    Interpolation family for ICE vehicles Only vehicles that are identical with respect to the following vehicle/powertrain/transmission characteristics may be part of the same interpolation family: (a) Type of internal combustion engine: fuel type, combustion type, engine displacement, full-load characteristics, engine technology, and charging system, and also other engine subsystems or characteristics that have a non-negligible influence on CO 2 mass emission under WLTP conditions; (b) Operation strategy of all CO 2 mass emission influencing components within the powertrain; (c) Transmission type (e.g. manual, automatic, CVT) and transmission model (e.g. torque rating, number of gears, number of clutches, etc.); (d) n/v ratios (engine rotational speed divided by vehicle speed). This requirement shall be considered fulfilled if, for all transmission ratios concerned, the difference with respect to the transmission ratios of the most commonly installed transmission type is within 8 per cent; (e) Number of powered axles; (f) ATCT family. Vehicles may only be part of the same interpolation family if they belong to the same vehicle class as described in paragraph 2 of Sub-Annex 1. 5.6.2.    Interpolation family for NOVC-HEVs and OVC-HEVs In addition to the requirements of paragraph 5.6.1., only OVC-HEVs and NOVC-HEVs that are identical with respect to the following characteristics may be part of the same interpolation family: (a) Type and number of electric machines (construction type (asynchronous/ synchronous, etc..), type of coolant (air, liquid,) and any other characteristics having a non-negligible influence on CO 2 mass emission and electric energy consumption under WLTP conditions; (b) Type of traction REESS (model, capacity, nominal voltage, nominal power, type of coolant (air, liquid)); (c) Type of energy converter between the electric machine and traction REESS, between the traction REESS and low voltage power supply and between the recharge-plug-in and traction REESS, and any other characteristics having a non-negligible influence on CO 2 mass emission and electric energy consumption under WLTP conditions. (d) The difference between the number of charge-depleting cycles from the beginning of the test up to and including the transition cycle shall not be more than one. 5.6.3.    Interpolation family for PEVs Only PEVs that are identical with respect to the following electric powertrain/transmission characteristics may be part of the same interpolation family: (a) Type and number of electric machines (construction type (asynchronous/ synchronous, etc.), type of coolant (air, liquid) and any other characteristics having a non-negligible influence on electric energy consumption and range under WLTP conditions; (b) Type of traction REESS (model, capacity, nominal voltage, nominal power, type of coolant (air, liquid)); (c) Transmission type (e.g. manual, automatic, CVT) and transmission model (e.g. torque rating, number of gears, numbers of clutches, etc.); (d) Number of powered axles; (e) Type of electric converter between the electric machine and traction REESS, between the traction REESS and low voltage power supply and between the recharge-plug-in and traction REESS, and any other characteristics having a non-negligible influence on electric energy consumption and range under WLTP conditions; (f) Operation strategy of all components influencing the electric energy consumption within the powertrain; (g) n/v ratios (engine rotational speed divided by vehicle speed). This requirement shall be considered fulfilled if, for all transmission ratios concerned, the difference with respect to the transmission ratios of the most commonly installed transmission type and model is within 8 per cent. 5.7.    Road load family Only vehicles that are identical with respect to the following characteristics may be part of the same road load family: (a) Transmission type (e.g. manual, automatic, CVT) and transmission model (e.g. torque rating, number of gears, number of clutches, etc.). At the request of the manufacturer and with approval of the approval authority, a transmission with lower power losses may be included in the family; (b) n/v ratios (engine rotational speed divided by vehicle speed). This requirement shall be considered fulfilled if, for all transmission ratios concerned, the difference with respect to the transmission ratios of the most commonly installed transmission type is within 25 per cent; (c) Number of powered axles; (d) If at least one electric machine is coupled in the gearbox position neutral and the vehicle is not equipped with a coastdown mode (paragraph 4.2.1.8.5. of Sub-Annex 4) such that the electric machine has no influence on the road load, the criteria from paragraph 5.6.2. (a) and paragraph 5.6.3. (a) shall apply. If there is a difference, apart from vehicle mass, rolling resistance and aerodynamics, that has a non-negligible influence on road load, that vehicle shall not be considered to be part of the family unless approved by the approval authority. 5.8.    Road load matrix family The road load matrix family may be applied for vehicles designed for a technically permissible maximum laden mass ≥ 3 000 kg. Only vehicles which are identical with respect to the following characteristics may be part of the same road load matrix family: (a) Transmission type (e.g. manual, automatic, CVT); (b) Number of powered axles. 5.9.    Periodically regenerating systems (K i ) family Only vehicles that are identical with respect to the following characteristics may be part of the same periodically regenerating systems family: 5.9.1. Type of internal combustion engine: fuel type, combustion type, 5.9.2. Periodically regenerating system (i.e. catalyst, particulate trap); (a) Construction (i.e. type of enclosure, type of precious metal, type of substrate, cell density); (b) Type and working principle; (c) Volume ±10 per cent; (d) Location (temperature ± 100 °C at 2 nd highest reference speed); (e) The test mass of each vehicle in the family must be less than or equal to the test mass of the vehicle used for the Ki demonstration test plus 250 kg. 6.   PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 6.1.    Limit values Limit values for emissions shall be those specified in Annex I of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. 6.2.    Testing Testing shall be performed according to: (a) The WLTCs as described in Sub-Annex 1; (b) The gear selection and shift point determination as described in Sub-Annex 2; (c) The appropriate fuel as described in Annex IX of this Regulation; (d) The road load and dynamometer settings as described in Sub-Annex 4; (e) The test equipment as described in Sub-Annex 5; (f) The test procedures as described in Sub-Annexes 6 and 8; (g) The methods of calculation as described in Sub-Annexes 7 and 8.